Logo
English Pizza Land

赵宝斌个人主页:英语比萨园
www.englishpizza.cn


【 笑话幽默 】
【 字典图书 】
【 聊天论坛 】



英语专业考研及试题

英语学习专题目录    
 BBC 英语

 BT 英语资源下载

 VOA 英语

 爱情格言名言

 奥运英语

 澳大利亚社会文化背景

 城市景点英文介绍

 出国留学签证及技巧

 出国留学文书写作

 初中英语教学论文

 春节英文短信祝福语

 儿童童谣歌曲

 儿童英语教学

 儿童英语童话故事

 疯狂英语

 高考英语复习

 高考英语真题及答案

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高中英语教学论文

 记忆英语单词方法

 加拿大社会文化背景

 剑桥少儿英语

 考研英语翻译4/a>

 考研英语听力口语

 考研英语真题及答案1980-2011

 考研英语心得体会

 考研英语阅读理解

 考研英语阅读真题解析

 考研英语作文

 赖世雄英语

 留学移民签证指导

 每日英语

 美国社会文化背景

 沛沛英语

 汽车英语词汇

 千万别学英语

 如何/怎样学好英语

 如何打英语电话

 如何申请国外奖学金

 如何提高英语口语

 如何提高英语听力

 如何同外国人交流

 如何写英文电子邮件

 如何选购英语学习图书

 如何选择英语培训机构

 如何学大学英语

 如何自学英语

 如何做英文陈述报告

 商务英语范文/范例

 世界著名城市英文介绍

 托福考试技巧心得

 GRE考试技巧心得

 玩游戏学英语

 外贸经济合同英文写作

 我是如何通过签证的

 我学英语经验方法

 我在国外的经历

 我在外企的工作经历

 小学英语教学论文

 现代大学英语精读教案

 新东方英语
 新概念英语

 新视野大学英语

 新西兰社会文化背景  

 许国璋英语


 学英语口诀窍门

 雅思考试技巧心得语

 洋话连篇

 英美文学论文

 英国社会文化背景

 英文听力mp3下载

 英文地名

 英文个人简历

 英文合同及范文

 英文求职信

 英文人名

 英文名著

 英文申请信

 英文推荐信

 英文招聘广告范文

 英语/英文面试

 英语900百句

 英语爱情诗歌歌词

 英语被动语态

 英语标点符号用法

 英语标识提示语

 英语不定代词

 英语不可数名词

 英语词汇教学

 英语单词记忆法实例

 英语倒装句

 英语导游

 英语定语从句

 英语独立主格结构

 英语短语和搭配

 英语词语来源/故事

 英语翻译技巧方法

 英语翻译教学

 英语翻译论文

 英语非谓语动词

 英语否定形式

 英语关联词/过渡词

 英语冠词的用法

 英语教案格式和范例

 英语教学法

 英语介词用法

 英语句型教学

 英语句型句式

 英语和汉语的比较

 英语课堂用语

 英语口语技巧方法

 英语口语教学

 英语口语句型

 英语连词

 英语连系动词

 英语六级考试词汇

 英语六级考试经验心得

 英语六级考试听力口语

 英语六级考试作文写作

 英语六级阅读理解

 英语论文格式及写作

 英语论文选题
 英语名词复数形式

 英语名词性从句


 英语强调句

 英语情态动词

 英语商务谈判

 英语时态用法

 英语数字的表达

 英语四级考试词汇

 英语四级考试真题&详解

 英语四级考试经验心得

 英语四级考试完形填空

 英语四级听力口语

 英语四级阅读理解

 英语四级作文写作

 英语听力技巧方法

 英语听力教学

 英语同义近义词辨析

 英语外来词语

 英语写作技巧方法

 英语写作教学

 英语形容词副词比较级

 英语虚拟语气

 英语语言学文学笔记

 英语语法教学

 英语语法与教学术语

 英语语言文化论文

 英语语音/发音

 英语语音教学

 英语阅读技巧方法

 英语阅读教学

 英语在线听力资源

 英语主谓一致

 英语助动词

 英语专业考研及试题

 英语专有名词

 英语状语从句

 英语自我介绍及范文

 英语作文范文

 音乐英语词汇术语

 幼儿/儿童学英语

 幼儿英语教案

 幼儿英语教学

 在线英语测试

 在线英语词典/字典

 在线英语翻译

 中国小吃菜名英文说法

 中考英语复习

 中西文化的差异

 中小学英语学习资料

 钟道隆逆向英语法

 走遍美国
>> 更多

 

英国文学试题

7kao.com 2357 11-28

the renaissance is actually a movement stimulated by a series of historical events, which one of the following is not such an event?

a.the rediscovery of ancient rome and greek culture.

b.england's domestic rest.

c.new discovery in geography and astrology.

d.the religious reformation and the economic expansion.

which of the following is regarded as the most successful religious allegory in the english language.

a.the pilgrim's progress b. grace abounding to the chief of sinners

c.the life and death of mr. badman d. the holy war

it is alone who, for the first time in english literature, presented to us a comprehensive realistic picture of the english society of his time and created a whole gallery of vivid characters from all walks of life.

a. geoffrey chaucer b. martin luther c. william langland d. john gower

all of the following four except are the most eminent dramatists in the renaissance england.

a. francis bacon b. christopher marlowe c. william shakespeare d. ben jonson

it is generally regarded that keats's most important and mature poems are in the form of .

a. elegy b. ode c. epic d. sonnet

daniel defoe's novels mainly focus on .

a. the struggle of the unfortunate for mere existence

b. the struggle of the shipwrecked persons for security

c. the struggle of the pirates for wealth

d. the desire of the criminals for property

in beowulf, fought against the monster grendel and a five breathing dragon.

a. the anglo-saxons b. beowulf c. the scandinavian d. the winter dragon

francis bacon is best known for his which greatly influenced the development of this literary form.

a. essays b. poems c. works d plays

most of thomas hardy's novels are set in wessex .

a. a crude region in england b. a fictional primitive region

c. a remote rural area d. hardy's hometown

we can perhaps describe the west wind in shelley's poem 'ode to the west wind' with all the following terms except .

a. swift b. proud c. tamed d. wild

'blindness', 'partiality', 'prejudice', and 'absurdity' in the novel 'pride and prejudice' are most likely the characteristics of .

a. elizabeth b. darcy c. mr. bennet d. mrs. bennet < /p>

the modern english novel came into being in .

a. the middle of the 17th century b. the 17th century

c. the late 18th century d. the middle of the 18th century



who is not the major figure of modernist movement?

a. eliot b. joyce c. charles dickens d. pound

who is considered to be the best known english dramatist since shakespeare?

a. oscar wilde b. john galsworthy c. w.b. yeats d. george bernard shaw

of the following poets, which is not regarded as 'lake poets'?

a. samuel taylor coleridge b. robert southy c. william words worth d. william shakespeare

in the first part of gulliver's travels, gulliver told his experience in .

a. lilliput b. brobdingnag c. houyhnhnm d. england

which of the following cannot describe 'byronic hero'?

a. proud b. mysterious c. noble origin d progressive

in the history of literature, romanticism is generally regarded as .

a. the thought that designates a literary and philosophical theory which tends to see the individual as the very center of all life and all experience.

b. the thought that designates man as a social animal

c. the orientation that emphasizes those features which men have in common

d. the modes of thinking

the term 'metaphysical poetry' is commonly used to name the work of the 17th century writers who wrote under the influence of .

a. john milton b. john donne c. john keats d. john bunyan

'the vanity fair' is a well-known part in .

a. the pilgrim's progress b. grace abounding to the chief of sinners

c. the life and death of mr. badman d. the holy war

in oliver twist, charles criticizes .

a. money worshipping tendency b. dehumanizing of workhouse system

c. hypocrisy of the upper society d. distortion of human heart

which of the following plays by shakespeare is history play?

a. julius caesar b. the merry wives of windsor c. henry iv d. king lear

who is regarded as a 'worshipper of nature'.

a. john keats b. william blake c. william wordsworth d. jane austen

which of the following writing is not the work by charles dickens?

a. a tale of two cities b. hard times c. oliver twist d. sons and lovers

the 18th century england is known as the in the history.

a. romanticism b. classicism c. renaissance d. enlightenment

英国文学选读试题

英国文学选读试题 2823 12-15

Part Ⅰ: Choose the relevant match from column B for each item in column A.(10%)

Section A

A B

(1)Shakespeare a. The Pilgrim's Progress

(2)John Bunyan b. King Lear

(3)Charles Dickens c. Jane Eyre

(4)Charlotte Bronte d. Adam Bede

(5)George Eliot e. Hard Times

Section B

A B

(1) The Merchant of Venice a. Satan

(2) Paradise Lost b. Elizabeth Bennet

(3) The History of Tom Jones c. Portia

(4) Pride and Prejudice d. Angel Clare

(5) Tess of the D'Urbervilles e. Sophia Western

Part Ⅱ: Complete each of the following statements with a proper word or a phrase according to the textbook. (5%)

1. The Elizabethan_____ is the real mainstream of the English Renaissance.

2. In Milton's Paradise Lost, _____took revenge by tempting Adam and Eve to eat the forbidden fruit.

3. In the field of literature, the Enlightenment Movement brought about _____.

4. The best part of Robinson Crusoe is the realistic account of his _____ against the hostile nature.

5. Henry Fielding has been regarded as "Father of the English Novel" for his contribution to the establishment of the form of the _____.

6. English Romanticism is generally said to have begun in 1798 with the publication of _____ and Coleridge's Lyrical Ballads.

7. In Austen's novels, stories of love and _____ provide the major themes.

8. As a woman of exceptional intelligence and life experience, George Eliot shows a particular concern for the destiny of _____.

9. _____ is the most outstanding stream-of-consciousness novelist of the 20th century.

10. Laurence's autobiographical novel is _____.

Part Ⅲ: Each of the following statements below is followed by four alternative answers. Choose the one that would best complete the statement. (50%)

1. About the Renaissance humanists which of the following statements is true?

a. They thought money and social status was the measure of all things.

b. They emphasized the dignity of human beings and the importance of the present life.

c. They couldn't see the human values in their works.

d. They thought people were largely subordinated to the ruling class without any freedom and independence.

2. In his tragedy Romeo and Juliet, Shakespeare eulogizes _____.

a. the faithfulness of love

b. the spirit of pursuing happiness

c. the heroine's great beauty , wit and loyalty

d. both a and b

3. One of the distinct features gf the Elizabethan time is _____.

a. the flourishing of the drama

b. the popularity of the realistic novel

c. the domination of the classical poetry

d. the close-down of all the theatres

4. Which of the following is not John Milton's works?

a. Paradise Lost b. Paradise Regained c. Samson Agonistes d. Othello

5. About reason , the enlighteners thought _____.

a. reason or rationality should be the only, the final cause of any human thought and activities

b. reason couldn't lead to truth and justice

c. superstition was above reason and rationality

d. equality and science is contrary to reason and rationality

6. According to the neoclassicists, which of the following is true?

a. All forms of literature were to be modeled after the classical works of the ancient Greek and Roman writers.

b. They tried to delight, instruct and correct human beings as social animals.

c. They tried to develop a polite, urbane ,witty, and intellectual art .

d. all the above.

7. The 18th century witnessed that in England there appeared two political parties, _____.

a. the Whigs and the Tories

b. the Senate and the House of Representatives

c. the upper House and lower House

d. the House of Lords and the House of Representatives

8. The hero in Robinson Crusoe is the prototype of _____.

a. the empire builder b. the pioneer colonist

c. the working people d. both a and b

9. As a representative of the enlightenment movement, Jonathan Swift thought _____.

a. human nature is simple and na?ve

b. it was possible to reform and improve human nature and human institutions

c. human nature was destined and couldn't be changed

d. to better human life, enlightenment is unnecessary

10. The social significance of Gulliver's Travels lies in _____.

a. the devastating criticisms and satires of all aspects in the then English and European life

b. his artistic skill in making the story an organic whole

c. his central concern of study of human nature and life

d. both b and c

11. Of the eighteenth-century novelists Henry Fielding was the first to _____.

a. instruct the people through his writing

b. give the modern novel its structure and style

c. amuse the people through his works

d. adopt the third-person narration

12. In Sheridan's plays, he is much concerned with the current moral issues and lashes harshly at _____.

a. the social goodness of his time

b. the social vices of the day

c. the moral tradition of his age

d. both b and c

13. The Romantic period is an age of _____.

a. prose b. drama

c. poetry d. both a and c

14. The two major novelists of the Romantic period are _____.

a. William Wordsworth and John Keats

b. John Keats and Jane Austen

c. Jane Austen and Walter Scott

d. William

15. Blake's Songs of Experience paints a world of _____ with a melancholy tone.

a. misery, poverty, disease, war and repression

b. happiness and love and romantic ideals

c. misery , poverty mixed with love and happiness

d. loss and institutional cruelty with sufferings

16. Through his poems, Byron created the "Byronic hero" who is _____.

a. a brave and stubborn rebel figure of noble origin

b. a proud, mysterious rebel figure of noble origin

c. a proud, mysterious rebel figure of lower origin

d. a brilliant, independent and romantic figure of his time

17. In her novels, Jane Austen presents the quiet , day-to-day country life of _____.

a. the upper-class English

b. the upper-middle-class English

c. the lower-class English

d. the lower-middle-class English

18. Which of the following can't be included in the critical realists of the Victorian Period?

a. Charlotte and Emily Bronte

b. Charles Dickens and William M. Thackeray

c. Thomas Hardy and George Eliot

d. D. H. Laurence and James Joyce

19. English critical realism found its expression chiefly in the form of _____. a. novel b. drama

c. poetry d. sonnet

20. Hardy's last two novels _____ received a lot of hostile criticisms which led to his turning to poetry.

a. The Dynasts and Jude the Obscure

b. Tess of the D'Urbervilles and Jude the Obscure

c. The Return of the Native and Tess of the D'Urbervilles

d. The Return of the Native and Jude the Obscure

21. Thomas Hardy's heroines and heroes , those unfortunate young men and women are all depicted in_____.

a. their persistent pursuit for personal fulfillment and happiness

b. their desperate struggle for personal fulfillment and happiness

c. their desperate struggle for individual equality and freedom

d. their persistent pursuit for better life and ideals

22. The 20th century has witnessed a great achievement in English poetry, which are mainly represented by the following except _____.

a. Thomas Hardy b. Ezra Pound

c. T. S. Eliot d. Lord Byron

23. In his novels, Laurence made a bold psychological exploration of various human relationships, especially those between _____, with a great frankness.

a. man and nature b. man and society

c. man and woman d. all of the above

24. In The Man of Property, the typical Forsyte represents _____.

a. the traditional and conservative values of the contemporary society

b. the essence of the principle that the accumulation of wealth is the sole aim of life

c. the predominant possessive instinct of the society

d. both a and c

25. Which of the following is James Joyce's masterpiece?

a. Dubliners

b. A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man

c. Ulysses

d. Finnegans Wake

Part Ⅳ: Interpretation (20%)

Read the following selections and then answer the questions. Write your answers on the Answer Sheet.

(1)

Let us go then, you and I,

When the evening is spread out against the sky

Like a patient etherized upon a table;

Let us go, through certain half-deserted streets,

The muttering retreats

Of restless nights in one-night cheap hotels

And sawdust restaurants with oyster shells:

Streets that follow like a tedious argument

Of insidious intent

To lead you to an overwhelming question…

Oh, do not ask, "What is it?"

Let us go and make our visit.

… …

We have lingered in the chambers of the sea

By sea-girls wreathed with seaweed red and brown

Till human voices wake us, and we drown.

1.Who's the writer of this poem? Please interpret the protagonist of the poem.

(2)

It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune must be in want of a wife.

However little known the feelings or views of such a man may be on his first entering a neighborhood, this truth is so well fixed in the minds of the surrounding families, that he is considered as the rightful property of some one or other of their daughters.

"My dear Mr. Bennet,"said his lady to him one day, "have you heard that Netherfield Park is let at last?"

Mr. Bennet replied that he had not.

"But it is," returned she; "for Mrs. Long has just been here, and she told me all about it."

Mr. Bennet made no answer.

"Do not you want to know who has taken it?" cried his wife impatiently.

"You want to tell me, and I have no objection to hearing it."

This was invitation enough.

"Why, my dear, you must know, Mrs. Long says that Netherfield is taken by a young man of

large fortune from the north of England; that he came down on Monday in a chaise and four to see

the place, and was so much delighted with it that he agreed with Mr. Morris immediately; that he

is to take possession before Michaelmas, and some of his servants are to be in the house by the end of next week."

"What is his name?"

"Bingley."

"Is he married or single?"

"Oh! single, my dear, to be sure! A single man of large fortune; four or five thousand a year.

What a fine thing for our girls!"

"How so? How can it affect them?"

"My dear Mr. Bennet," replied his wife, "how can you be so tiresome! You must know that I am thinking of his marrying one of them."

"Is that his design in settling here?"

"Design! Nonsense, how can you talk so! But it is very likely that he may fall in love with one of them, and therefore you must visit him as soon as he comes."

2. Which novel is this passage taken from? Who is the author?

3. Please interpret this passage.

(3)

With straining eagerness Catherine gazed towards the entrance of her chamber. He did not hit the

right room directly, she motioned me to admit him, but he found it out ere I could reach the door,

and in a stride or two was at her side, and had her grasped in his arms.

He neither spoke nor loosed his hold for some five minutes, during which period he bestowed more kisses than ever he gave in his life before, I dare say: but then my mistress had kissed him first, and I plainly saw that he could hardly bear, for downright agony, to look into her face! The same conviction had stricken him as me, from the instant he beheld her, that there was no prospect

of ultimate recovery there-she was fated, sure to die.

'Oh, Cathy! Oh, my life! How can I bear it?' was the first sentence he uttered, in a tone that did

not seek to disguise his despair. And now he stared at her so earnestly that I thought the very intensity of his gaze would bring tears into his eyes; but they burned with anguish: they did not melt.

'What now?' said Catherine, leaning back, and returning his look with a suddenly clouded brow: her humour was a mere vane for constantly varying caprices. 'You and Edgar have broken my heart, Heathcliff! And you both came to bewail the deed to me, as if you were the people to be pitied! I shall not pity you, not I. You have killed me-and thriven on it, I think. How strong you are! How many years do you mean to live after I am gone?'

Heathcliff had knelt on one knee to embrace her; he attempted to rise, but she seized his hair, and kept him down.

'I wish I could hold you,' she continued bitterly, 'till we were both dead! I shouldn't care what you suffered. I care nothing for your sufferings. Why shouldn't you suffer? I do! Will you forget me? Will you be happy when I am in the earth? Will you say twenty years hence, "That's the grave of Catherine Earnshaw. I loved her long ago, and was wretched to lose her; but it is past. I've loved many others since: my children are dearer to me than she was; and at death, I shall not rejoice that I am going to her: I shall be sorry that I must leave them!" Will you say so, Heathcliff?'

'Don't torture me till I am as mad as yourself,' cried he, wrenching his head free, and grinding his teeth.

The two, to a cool spectator, made a strange and fearful picture. Well might Catherine deem that heaven would be a land of exile to her, unless with her mortal body she cast away her moral character also. Her present countenance had a wild vindictiveness in its white cheek, and a bloodless lip and scintillating eye; and she retained in her closed fingers a portion of the locks she had been grasping. As to her companion, while raising himself with one hand, he had taken her arm with the other; and so inadequate was his stock of gentleness to the requirements of her condition, that on his letting go I saw four distinct impressions left blue in the colourless skin.

4. From which novel is this passage taken from? Who's the author?

5. What's the relationship between Catherine and Heathcliff?

Part Ⅴ: Give brief answers to the following questions.(15%)

1. Please state Shakespeare's views on the Renaissance literature.

2. Why is D.H. Laurence regarded as revolutionary in novel writing?



研究生入学考试试题英美文学及比较文学

624 1-26

I. Choose the One that best completes the sentence. (20 points) (Write your answer on the answer sheet)

1. Who is the only American poet to be honored with a bust in the Poet’s Corner of Westminster Abbey?

a. Edagr Allan Poe b. Ezra Pound

c. Walt Whitman d. Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

2. The novel The Gilded Age was written by _________.

a. Charles Dickens b. Herman Melville

c. Samuel Langhorne Clemens d. Jack London

3. Thomas Hardy was good not only at writing Novel, but also at writing _________.

a. essays b. plays

c. poems d. short stories

4. The following authors are famous English critical realist novelists except _________.

a. William M. Thackeray b. Charles Dickens

c. Mrs. Gaskell d. Walter Scott

5. In A Tale of Two Cities, the "two cities" refer to London and _________.

a. Dublin b. Paris

c. New York d. Vienna

“ ___________” is often regarded as the semi-autobiography of the author Dickens in which the early life of the hero is largely based on the author's own

1. life.

a. Oliver Twist b. Little Dorrit

c. Great Expectations d. David Copperfield

7. The Lyrical Ballads written by Wordsworth and Coleridge was published in ________.

a. 1789 b. 1798

c. 1829 d. 1903

8. Both John Bunyan and William Makepeace Thackery once wrote ________.

a. Paradise Lost b. Of Studies

c. Vanity Fair d. Oliver Twist

9. The trumpet of a prophecy! O Wind,/ If Winter comes, can Spring be far behind? This is from ________.

a. Shelley's Ode to the West Wind b. Keat's Ode to a Nightingale

c. Byron's The Isles of Greece d. Milton's Paradise Los

10. The Novel "_______" describes a country where disease is considered to

be a kind of crime while theft and other vices are considered to be diseases.

a. News from Nowhere b. Erewhon Revisited

c. The Way of All Flesh d. Erewhon

11. _______ is the representative of Aestheticism and Decadence in English literature.

a. R. L. Stevenson b. Oscar Wilde

c. Samuel Butler d. Charles Dickens

12. Which of the following novels does not belong to the "stream of consciousness"

school of novel writing?

a. Ulysses b. Mrs. Dallowa

c. The Rainbow d. To the Lighthouse

13. "One minute past, and Lethe-wards had sunk" (Ode to a Nightingale)

Lethe is the river of _______.

a. happiness b. sleep

c. memory d. forgetfulness

14. Which of the following plays written by George Bernard Shaw deals with the problem of correct pronunciation in English language learning?

a. Widowers' Houses b. Pygmalion

c. Mrs. Warren's Profession d. Major Barbara

15. The following writers were awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature except ______.

a. G. B. Shaw b. T. S. Eliot

c. Emily Bront? d. John Galsworthy

16. "Please, Sir, I want some more."

The master was a fat, healthy man, but he turned very pale…

This description is from ______.

a. Oliver Twist b. A Modest Proposal

c. Tom Jones d. Hard Times

17. "When little birds are busy with their song/Who sleep with open eyes the whole night long/Life sirs their hearts and tingles in them so,”

This means the birds cannot sleep at night because they ____________.

a. keep singing the whole night b. are excited by the beauty of nature

c. have a heart full of love d. are busy with picking seeds

18. “Because I could not stop for Death__/ He kindly stopped for me___/ The Carriage held but just Ourselves __/And Immortality.”

Who wrote this stanza?

a. William Wordsworth b. Emily Dickinson

c. Robert Frost d. Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

19. John Keats loved literature so much that he soon abandoned _________to devote himself to poetry.

a. business b. painting

c. medicine d. philosophy

20. The first successful novel of Charles Dickens is "____________".

a. David Copperfield b. Oliver Twist

d. The Old Curiosity Shop d. The Pickwick Papers

I. Find

the relevant match from Column B for each item in Column A.(20 points)

(Write your answer on the answer shee

1. ( ) Edmund Spenser A. Women In Love

2. ( ) Oliver Goldsmith B. Sense and Sensibility;

3. ( ) Laurence Sterne C. Queen Mab

4. ( ) Daniel Defoe D. Young Goodman Brown

5. ( ) Henry Fielding E. The Portrait of A Lady

6. ( ) George Gordon Byron F. The Sound and the Fury

7. ( ) Percy Bysshe Shelley G. The Great Gatsby

8. ( ) Jane Austen H. For Whom the Bell Tolls

9. ( ) Sir Walter Scott I. Childe Harold's Pilgrimage

10. ( ) Elizabeth Cleghorn Gaskell J. The Faerie Queene

11. ( ) George Eliot K. Ivanhoe

12. ( ) John Galsworthy L. Mary Barton

13. ( ) Washington Irving M. The Forsyte Saga

14. ( ) Nathaniel Hawthorne N. Robinson Crusoe

15. ( ) Henry James O. Tom Jones

16. ( ) Theodore Dreiser P. The Vicar of Wakefield

17. ( ) Scott Fitzgerald Q. A Sentimental Journey

18. ( ) Ernest Hemingway R. American Tragedy

19. ( ) William Faulkner S. Middlemarch

20. ( ) David Herbert Lawrence T. Rip Van Winkle

III. Read the following excerpts and answer the following questions (30 points)

(Write your answer on the answer sheet)

A. I cannot see what flowers are at my feet,

Nor what soft incense hangs upon the boughs,

But, in embalmed darkness, guess each sweet

Wherewith the seasonable month endows

The grass, the thicket, and the furit-tree wild;

White hawthorn, and the pastoral eglantine;

Fast fading violets cover'd up in leaves;

And mid-May's eldest child,

The coming musk-rose, full of dewy wine,

The murmurous haunt of flies on summer eves

Questions:

1. Who is the writer of this poem?

2. This stanza is taken from a well-known ode. What is the title of this poem?

3. This stanza consists of 10 lines of iambic verse and the rime scheme is _____.

4. What kind of images have the poet given us in this stanza?

B. Neat was her wimple in its every plait,

Her nose well formed, her eyes as gray as slate.

Her mouth was very small and soft and red.

She had so wide a brow I think her head

Was nearly a span broad, for certainly,

She was not undergrown, as all could see.

Questions:

5. The above lines of poetry are taken from a famous poem. What is the title of it?

6. Who is the writer of this poem?

7. What kind of metrical form is used in the poem

8. The description is about a young beautiful lady. Do you think Chinese people describe beauty of a lady just like this? Write some sentences about the comparison.

C. Helen, thy beauty is to me

Like those Nic?an barks of yore,

That gently, o’er a perfumed sea,

The weary, way-worn wanderer bore

To his own native shore.

Questions:

9. What is the title of the poem?

10. Who is the author of it

11. Explain the stanza in your own word

IV. Choose any six of the following and tell briefly what you know about each. (30 points)

(Write your answer on the answer sheet)

1. Romanticism

2. Lost Generation

28

1. Heroic Couplet

2. Ballad

3. Blank Verse

4. Narrative Poem

5. Epic

6. Sonnet

7. Shylock

8. Hamlet

11. Leaves of Grass

12. The Old Man and the Sea

V. Discuss the following questions and write a short critical essay on each one. (50%)

(Write your answer on the answer sheet)

1. Hawthorne is a master of symbolism. In his novel The Scarlet Letter, the letter A is the biggest symbol, but it is ambiguous and there are different interpretations, such as adultery, able, angel, admirable, Arthur, America, etc. What is your interpretation about the symbol A? (Write about 200 words to comment on it. ): (20 points)

2. In Emily Bront?’s Wuthering Heights, Heathcliff seems entirely wicked, or a criminal. Yet Emily Bront? manages him at least a sympathetic figure. Do you think he is a hero or a villain? Please write about 300 words to support your idea and compare the characters of Heathcliff and Mr Rochester in Jane Eyre. (30 points)

2006南京师范大学英美文学专业课试题(回忆版)

以下为初试专业课试卷,共分两部分:一、英美文学基础知识,80分;二、中文写作,70分。



文学部分(分值:80分):

第一大题:单项选择题20小题:说实在的,真的一个记不清了,只是记得大部分比较简单,一些文学常识之类的,哪位同学有补充请跟帖,我会把它们编到这里来,谢谢!

第二大题:写出下列作品的文体和作者(一共10个,只能记得几个,不是原顺序)

1. I Have a Dream

2. Pygmalion

3. The Sound and the Fury

4. The Waste Land

5. Paradise Regained ??? (反正是John Milton的一部作品)

6. Sonnet on Chillon

7.

8.

9.

10.

第三大题:给一段文字,请写出作品名字和作者(共5小题,作品我当然默写不出,我写的是参考答案哈)

1. 第一篇答案我不确定,我看了里面有“egg”这一单词,我就写了“The Triumph of the Egg” / Sherwood Andrews

2. 文字选自 Martin Luther King 的 《I Have a Dream》

3. 文字选自 John Keats 的 《To Autumn》(这题我当时死活没想起来,555)

4. 文字选自 William Blake 的 《London》

5. 文字选自 Robert Frost 的 《Stopping By Woods on a Snowy Evening》

第四大题:改错。

10小题:大致就是些作品里的小细节,不算很难,记不清楚具体题目了。

第五大题:作品分析题,给了三段作品选段,请选其中两题加以分析,250字左右(如上题,我默写不出原文,只有参考信息)

1. Shakepeare 的 里 Portia 说的一段话

2. Emily Dickinson 的 《Because I Could Not Stop for Death》里的选段

3. William Wordsworth 的 《The Solitary Reaper》

中文写作部分(分值:70分)

第一大题(30分):给了一段有关比较文学方面的学术论文,共一页纸,下有三小题:

1. 列出标题,20字以内

2. 写个概要,200字以内

2. 找出关键词,3-5个

(当时做的很晕,题型非常出乎意料)

第二大题(40分):材料作文

材料大意:有一天,巴尔扎克先生在家,一位老奶奶拄着拐杖,一瘸一拐地来拜访他,带来一本小学生的作文本,请巴尔扎克先生看看这孩子将来在写作上有否造诣。巴尔扎克先生很认真很仔细的看完作文本,说,这孩子在写作方面肯定没什么前途。而后,问那位老奶奶这孩子是她的儿子还是孙子,老奶奶总是摇头。最后她说:巴尔扎克先生,您连您小时候写的作文都认不出了吗?您说他在写作上不会有发展,而您如今却成了文学大师?……

部分大学语言学试题

hjenglish.com 980 11-28

1 One of the main features of our human language is arbitrariness .Can you briefly explain what is this feature refers to ? Give examples if necessary(10 points). <北师大2003年试题)

2 In english we can describe a story as "a successful story" or "a success story ".Do you think they mean the same ? Please explain and give your reasons(10 points) ,<同上》

3 Expain the following terms ,giving examples where necessary.(50 points) <中山2003》 design feature macrolinguistics vowel minimal pair folk etymology aspect anopho r error analysisr metaphor

4 Language can change through blending ,metanalysis ,back-formation, analogical creation and borrowing.Give two english words for each of them (5 points) 清华2000年试题

5 Answer the following question briefly.clearly,grammatically and correctly.(10 Points ) 湖南师大2003年

What is it wrong to assume that the meaning of a sentence is the sum of the meaning of the words which compose it ?

7 Define the following terms.(10 points) 中国海洋大学1999

Phoneme ,consonant,morpheme,lexicon,syntax,endocentric construction,semantics,hyponymy ,language ,design feature

8 Define the following terms .(20 points) 苏州大学1997

allophone morpheme assimilation internal authority interlanguage phatic communion

closed-class word government semantica triangic lingua franca

What is the main grammatical difference between a sentence and a clause ? 同上

6 Translate into chinese and exemplify each of the following.(10 points )

Example : dialectal synonyms

Answer , 方言同义词, Fall and autumn are dialectal synonyms .

homography homophony gradable opposites endocentric constuction

exocentric construction

9 大连外国语学院1992年语言学全部试题 100 POINTS

List the six important characteristics of human language .

What are the types of morphemes ?

Illustrate the deep and surface structures .

What do u know about the semantic features ?

How does language change ?

10 Words in our mental lexicon are known to be related to one another .Discuss the relationships between words ,using examples from the english language .(15 points ) 北外2003年试题

11 What do you think are the similarities and dissimilarities between learning a first and a second language? ( 30 points) 同上

英美文学选读试卷及参考答案

2007 11-29

PART ONE

I. Multiple Choice

1. Romance, which uses narrative verse or prose to tell stories of

adventures or other heroic deeds, is a popular literary form in the medieval period.

A. Christian

B. Knightly

C. Greek

D. Primitive

Answer: B

2. Among the great Middle English poets, Geoffrey Chaucer is known for his production of

A. Piers Plowman

B. Sir Gawain and the Green Knight

C. Confessio Amantis

D. The Canterbury Tales

Answer: D

3. Which of the following historical events does not directly help to stimulate the rising of the Renaissance Movement?

A. The rediscovery of ancient Greek and Roman culture.

B. The new discoveries in geography and astrology.

C. The Glorious revolution.

D. The religious reformation and the economic expansion.

Answer: C

4. Which of the following statements best illustrates the theme of Shakespeare’s Sonnet 18?

A. The speaker eulogizes the power of Nature.

B. The speaker satirizes human vanity.

C. The speaker praises the power of artistic creation.

D. The speaker meditates on man’s salvation.

Answer: C

5. "And we will sit upon the rocks, /Seeing the shepherds feed their flocks, /By shallow rivers to whose falls/ Melodious birds sing madrigals." The above lines are probably taken from

A. Spenser’s The Faerie Queene

B. John Donne’s "The Sun Rising"

C. Shakespeare’s "Sonnet 18"

D. Marlowe’s "The Passionate Shepherd to His Love"

Answer: D

6. "Bassanio: Antonio, I am married to a wife

Which is as dear to me as life itself;

But life itself, my wife, and all the world,

Are not with me esteem’d above thy life;

I would lose all, ay, sacrifice them all,

Here to the devil, to deliver you.

Portia: Your wife would give you little thanks for that,

If she were by to hear you make the offer."

The above is a quotation taken from Shakespeare’s comedy The Merchant of Venice. The quoted part can be regarded as a good example to illustrate

A. dramatic irony

B. personification

C. allegory

D. symbolism

Answer: A

7. The true subject of John Donne’s poem, "The Sun Rising," is to

A. attack the sun as unruly servant

B. give compliments to the mistress and her power of beauty

C. criticize the sun’s intrusion into the lover’s private life

D. lecture the sun on where true royalty and riches lie

Answer: B

8. Of all the 18th century novelists Henry Fielding was the first to set out, both in theory and practice, to write specifically a " in prose," the first to give the modern novel its structure and style.

A. tragic epic

B. comic epic

C. romance

D. lyric epic

Answer: B

9. The Houyhnhnms depicted by Jonathan Swift in Gulliver’s travels are

A. horses that are endowed with reason

B. pigmies that are endowed with admirable qualities

C. giants that are superior in wisdom

D. hairy, wild, low and despicable creatures, who resemble human beings not only in appearance but also in some other ways

Answer: D

10. Here are four lines from a literary work: "Others for language all their care express,/And value books, and women men, for dress." The work is

A. Thomas Gray’s "Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard"

B. John Milton’s Paradise Lost

C. Alexander Pope’s Essay on Criticism

D. Shakespeare’s Midsummer Night’s Dream

Answer: C

11. The phrase "to urge people to abide by Christian doctrines and to seek salvation through constant struggles with their own weaknesses and all kinds of social evils" may well sum up the implied meaning of

A. Gulliver’s Travels

B. The Rape of the Lock

C. Robinson Crusoe

D. The Pilgrim’s Progress

Answer: D

12. William Wordsworth, a romantic poet, advocated all the following EXCEPT

A. the use of everyday language spoken by the common people

B. the expression of the spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings

C. the use of humble and rustic life as subject matter

D. the use of elegant wording and inflated figures of speech

Answer: D

13. Which of the following is taken from John Keats’ "Ode on a Grecian Urn"?

A. "I fall upon the thorns of life! I bleed!"

B. "They are both gone up to the church to pray."

C. "Earth has not anything to show more fair."

D. "Beauty is truth, truth beauty."

Answer: D

14. "If Winter comes, can Spring be far behind?" is an epigrammatic line by

A. J. Keats

B. W. Blake

C. W. Wordsworth

D. P. B. Shelley

Answer: D

15. "Ode on a Grecian Urn" shows the contrast between the of art and the of human passion.

A. glory...ugliness

B. permanence... transience

C. transience ... sordidness

D. glory ... permanence

Answer: B

16. In the statement "-oh, God! Would you like to live with your soul in the grave?" the term "soul" apparently refers to

A. Heathcliff himself

B. Catherine

C. one’s spiritual life

D. one’s ghost

Answer: D

17. The typical feature of Robert Browning’s poetry is the

A. bitter satire

B. larger-than-life caricature

C. Latinized diction

D. dramatic monologue

Answer: D

18. The Victorian Age was largely and age of , eminently represented by Dickens and Thackeray.

A. poetry

B. drama

C. prose

D. epic prose

Answer: D

19. is the first important governess novel in the English literary history.

A. Jane Eyre

B. Emma

C. Wuthering Heights

D. Middlemarch

Answer: A

20. The major concern of fiction lies in the tracing of the psychological development of his characters and in his energetic criticism of the dehumanizing effect of the capitalist industrialization on human nature.

A. D. H. Lawrence’s

B. J. Galsworthy’s

C. W. Thackeray’s

D. T. Hardy’s

Answer: A

21. is considered to be the best-known English dramatist since Shakespeare, and his representative works are plays inspired by social criticism.

A. Richard Sheridan

B. Oliver Goldsmith

C. Oscar Wilde

D. Bernard Shaw

Answer: D

22. Which of the following is NOT a typical feature of Modernism?

A. To elevate the individual and inner being over the social being.

B. To put the stress on traditional values.

C. To portray the distorted and alienated relationships between

man and his environment.

D. To advocate a conscious break with the past.

Answer: B

23. The Romantic writers would focus on all the following issues EXCEPT the in the American literary history.

A. individual feelings

B. idea of survival of the fittest

C. strong imagination

D. return to nature

Answer: B

24. Henry David Thoreau’s work, has always been regarded as a

masterpiece of New England Transcendentalism.

A. Walden

B. The Pioneers

C. Nature

D. Song of Myself

Answer: A

25. The famous 20-year sleep in "Rip Van Winkle" helps to construct

the story in such a way that we are greatly affected by Irving’s

A. concern with the passage of time

B. expression of transient beauty

C. satire on laziness and corruptibility of human beings

D. idea about supernatural manipulation of man’s life

Answer: D

26. Walt Whitman was a pioneering figure of American poetry. His innovation first of all lies in his use of , poetry without a fixed beat or regular rhyme scheme.

A. bland verse

B. heroic couplet

C. free verse

D. iambic pentameter

Answer: C

27. The literary characters of the American type in early 19th century are generally characterized by all the following features EXCEPT that they

A. speak local dialects

B. are polite and elegant gentlemen

C. are simple and crude farmers

D. are noble savages(red and white) untainted by society

Answer: B

28. Hster Pryme, Dimmesdale, Cillingworth, and Pearl are most likely the names of the characters in

A. The Scarlet Letter

B. The House of the Seven Gablest

C. The portrait of a Lady

D. The Pioneers

Answer: A

29. "This is my letter to the World" is a poetic expression of Emily Dickinson’s about her communication with the outside world.

A. indifference

B. anger

C. anxiety

D. sorrow

Answer: C

30. With Howells, James, and Mark Twain active on the literary scene,

became the major trend in American literature in the seventies and eighties of the 19th century.

A. Sentimentalism

B. romanticism

C. realism

D. naturalism

Answer: C

31. After The Adventures of Tom Sawyer, Twain gives a literary independence to Tom’s buddy Huck in a book entitled

A. Life on the Mississippi

B. The Gilded Age

C. The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

D. A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur’s Court

Answer: C

32. However, the keynote of Daisy Miller’s character, turns out to be an admiring but a dangerous quality and her defiance of social taboos in the Old World finally brings her to a disaster in the clash between two different cultures.

A. experience

B. sophistication

C. worldliness

D. innocence

Answer: D

33. Generally speaking, all those writers with a naturalistic approach to human reality tend to be

A. transcendentalists

B. idealists

C. pessimists

D. impressionists

Answer: C

34. Emily Dickinson wrote many short poems on various aspects of life. Which of the following is NOT a usual subject of her poetic expression?

A. Religion and immortality

B. Life and death

C. Love and marriage

D. War and peace

Answer: D

35. In "After Apple- Picking," Robert Frost wrote: "For I have had too much / Of apple -picking: I am overtired/ Of the great harvest I myself desired." From these lines we can conclude that the speaker is

A. happy about the harvest

B. still very much interested in apple-picking

C. expecting a greater harvest

D. indifferent to what he once desired

Answer: D

36. Chinese poetry and philosophy have exerted great influence over

A. Ezra Pound

B. Ralph Waldo Emerson

C. Robert Frost

D. Emily Dickinson

Answer: A

37. The Hemingway Code heroes are best remembered for their

A. indestructible spirit

B. pessimistic view of life

C. war experiences

D. masculinity

Answer: A

38. In The Emperor Jones and The Hairy Ape, O’Neill adopted the expressionist techniques to portray the of human beings in a hostile universe.

A. helpless situation

B. uncertainty

C. profound religious faith

D. courage and perseverance

Answer: A

39. In Hemingway’s "Indian Camp", Nick’s night trip to the Indian village and his experience inside the hut can be taken as

A. an essential lesson about Indian tribes

B. a confrontation with evil and sin

C. an initiation to the harshness of life

D. a learning process in human relationship

Answer: C

40. Which of the following statements about Emily Grierson, the protagonist in Faulkner’s story " A Rose for Emily," is NOT true?

A. She has a distorted personality.

B. She is physically deformed and paralyzed.

C. She is the symbol of the old values of the South.

D. She is the victim of the past glory.

Answer: B

PART TWO

Ⅱ Reading Comprehension

41. "Her eyes met his and he looked away. He neither believed nor disbelieved her, but he knew that he had made a mistake in asking; he never had known, never know, what she was thinking. The sight of her inscrutable face, the thought of all the hundreds of evenings he had seen her sitting there like that, soft and passive, but so unreadable, unknown, enraged him beyond measure."

Questions:

A. Identify the writer and the work.

B. What does the phrase "inscrutable face" mean?

C. What idea does the quoted passage express?

Answers:

A. John Galsworthy "The man of property"

B. It means that in his eyes, she is mysterious and cannot be understood by him.

C. It expresses that Soames doesn’t understand his wife, Irene, and the predominant possessive instinct of the Forsytes and its effects upon the personal relationship of the family with the underlying assumption that human relationship of the contemporary English society are merely and extension of property relationship.

42. "And when I am formulated, sprawling on a pin,

When I am pinned and wriggling on the wall,

Then how should I begin

To spit out all the butt-ends of my days and ways."

Questions:

A. Identify the poem and the poet.

B. What does the phrase "butt-ends" mean?

C. What idea does the quoted passage express?

Answers:

A. T. S. Eliot "The love song of J. Alfred Prufrock"

B. It means the speaker’s unsatisfied desires.

C. It expresses the speaker’s incapability of facing up to love and to life in a sterile upper-class world.

43. "God knows, ... I’m not myself-I’m somebody else-- ... and I’m changed, and I can’t tell what’s my name, or who I am."

Questions:

A. Identify the work and author.

B. The speaker says he is changed. Do you think he is changed, or the social environment has changed?

C. What idea does the quoted sentence express?

Answers:

A. Washington Irving " Rip van winkle"

B. The social environment has changed.

C. It expresses the background of the inevitably changing America.

44. "I shall be telling this with a sigh

Somewhere ages and ages hence:

Two roads diverged in a wood, and I---

I took the one less traveled by,

And that has made all the difference."

Questions:

A. Identify the poem and the poet.

B. What does the phrase "ages and ages hence" mean?

C. What idea does the quoted passage express?

Answers:

A. Robert Lee Frost "The Road Not Taken"

B. It means a long time later from now.

C. It expresses that man is learning form nature the zones of his own limitations.

Ⅲ. Questions and Answers

45. As a rule, an allegory is a story in verse or prose with a double meaning: a surface meaning, and an implied meaning. List two works and examples of allegory. What is an allegory usually concerned with by its implied meaning?

Answer:

John Bunyan’s "The pilgrim progress"

John Milton’s "Paradise Lost"

It is concerned with something spiritual and the relevance to the time.

46. Inspiration for the romantic approach initially came from two great shapers of thought. Who are the two? And what ideas they expressed inspire the romantic writers?

Answer:

Jean- Jacques Rousseau and Thomas Paine

The new ideas about nature, society and education, that is liberty, equality and fraternity they expressed inspire the romantic writers.

47. The white whale, Moby Dick, is the most important symbol in Melville’s novel. What symbolic meaning can you draw from it?

Answer:

Its symbolic meaning is a voyage of the mind in quest of the truth and knowledge of the universe, a spiritual exploration in man’s deep reality and psychology.

48. Nature is a philosophic work, in which Emerson gives an explicit discussion on his idea of the Over-soul. What is your understanding of Emersonian "Over-soul"?

Answer:

It means the religion on an intuitive belief in an ultimate unity.

Ⅳ. Topic Discussion

49. How is Romanticism different from Neoclassicism? Provide brief evidence from the literary works you know best.

Answer:

In the field of literature, the Enlightenment Movement brought about a revival of interest in the old classical works. This tendency is known as neoclassicism. It requires that all forms of literature are to be modeled after the classical works of the ancient Greek and Roman writers and those of the contemporary French ones, artistic ideals should be order, logic, restrained emotion and accuracy, and that literature should be judged in terms of its service to humanity. In this case, Human beings are instructed and corrected primarily as social animals. Romanticism emphasizes the special qualities of each individual’s mind and constitutes a change of direction from attention to the outer world of social civilization to the inner world of human spirit. It tends to see the individual as the very center of all life and all experience. It also places the individual at the center of are. For example, "An essay on criticism"(Neoclassicism) is orderly and logical with restrained emotion and accuracy while "I wondered loely as a cloud" (Romanticism) is just the opposite.

50. Summarize the story of Mark Twain’s The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn in about 100 words, and comment on the theme of the novel.

Answer:

Huck escapes from a lonely cabin where he has been punished by his father. He meets Jim, a run-away slave, and they start down the river on a raft. After several adventures, the raft is hit and they are separated. Huck is saved and later he discovers Jim. They set out again, giving refuge to a gang of frauds. Huck interferes on behalf of three daughter but fails. Then he finds that Jim has been sold by the "King". He and Tom try to rescue Jim. In the rescue, Tom is shot and Jim is recaptured. Later, Tom reveals that the rescue is necessary only because he wants the adventure of it. At last, Huck is safe because his father dies.

The theme of the novel is to expose the pre-civil war American society. It presents a sample of the small -town world of America and a survey of the social world from the bank of the river that runs through the heart of the country.



厦门大学2005年招收攻读硕士学位研究生

入 学 考 试 试 题

招 生 专 业 英语语言文学 考 试 课 程 阅读及英美文学、语言学417

研 究 方 向_________________

注意:答案必须标明题号,按序写在专用答题纸上,写在本试卷上或草稿纸上者一律不给分。

Write down your answers to all the questions in this test in separate blank answer sheets provided at your test center.

Part One Reading Comprehension 70 points

Directions: Each passage is followed by questions based on its content. After reading the passage, choose the best answer to each question. Answer all questions following the passage on the basis of what is stated or implied in that passage.

Passage 1

The recent change to all-volunteer armed forces in the United States will eventually produce a gradual increase in the proportion of women in the armed forces and in the variety of women’s assignments, but probably not the dramatic gains for women that might have been expected. This is so even though the armed forces operate in an ethos of institutional change oriented toward occupational equality and under the federal sanction of equal pay for equal work. The difficulty is that women are unlikely to be trained for any direct combat operations. A significant portion of the larger society remains uncomfortable as yet with extending equality in this direction. Therefore, for women in the military, the search for equality will still be based on functional equivalence, not identity or even similarity of task. Opportunities seem certain to arise. The growing emphasis on deterrence is bound to offer increasing scope for women to become involved in novel types of non-combat military assignments.

1. The primary purpose of the passage is to

(A) present an overview of the different types of assignments available to women in the new United States all-volunteer armed forces

(B) present a reasoned prognosis of the status of women in the new United States all-volunteer armed forces

(C) present the new United States all-volunteer armed forces as a model case of equal employment policies in action

(D) analyze the use of functional equivalence as a substitute for occupational equality in the new United States all-volunteer armed forces

2. According to the passage, despite the United States armed forces’ commitment to occupational equality for women in the military, certain other factors preclude women’s

(A) receiving equal pay for equal work

(B) having access to positions of responsibility at most levels

(C) drawing assignments from a wider range of assignments than before

(D) benefiting from opportunities arising from new non-combat functions

3. The passage implies that which of the following is a factor conducive to a more equitable representation of women in the United States armed forces than has existed in the past?

(A) The all-volunteer character of the present armed forces

(B) The past service records of women who had assignments functionally equivalent to men’s assignments

(C) The level of awareness on the part of the larger society of military issues

(D) A decline in the proportion of deterrence oriented non-combat assignments

4. The “dramatic gains for women” (line 2) and the attitude, as described in lines 11-12, of a “significant portion of the larger society” are logically related to each other inasmuch as the author puts forward the latter as

(A) a public response to achievement of the former

(B) the major reason for absence of the former

第 2 页, 共 14 页

(C) a precondition for any prospect of achieving the former

(D) a catalyst for a further extension of the former

Passage 2

Of the thousands of specimens of meteorites found on Earth and known to science, only about 100 are igneous; that is, they have undergone melting by volcanic action at some time since the planets were first formed. These igneous meteorites are known as achondrites because they lack chondrules—small stony spherules found in the thousands of meteorites (called “chondrites”) composed primarily of unaltered minerals

that condensed from dust and gas at the origin of the solar system. Achondrites are the only known samples of volcanic rocks originating outside the Earth-Moon system. Most are thought to have been dislodged by interbody impact from asteroids, with diameters of from 10 to 500 kilometers, in solar orbit between Mars and Jupiter.

Shergottites, the name given to three anomalous achondrites so far discovered on Earth, present scientists with a genuine enigma. Shergottites crystallized from molten rock less than 1.1 billion years ago (some 3.5 billion years later than typical achondrites) and were presumably ejected into space when an object impacted on a body similar in chemical composition to Earth.

While most meteorites appear to derive from comparatively small bodies, shergottites exhibit properties that indicate that their source was a large planet, conceivably Mars. In order to account for such an unlikely source, some unusual factor must be invoked, because the impact needed to accelerate a fragment of rock to escape the gravitational field of a body even as small as the Moon is so great that no meteorites of lunar origin have been discovered.

While some scientists speculate that shergottites derive from Io (a volcanically active moon of Jupiter), recent measurements suggest that since Io’s surface is rich in sulfur and sodium, the chemical composition of its volcanic products would probably be unlike that of the shergottites. Moreover, any fragments dislodged from Io by interbody impact would be unlikely to escape the gravitational pull of Jupiter.

The only other logical source of shergottites is Mars. Space-probe photographs indicate the existence of giant volcanoes on the Martian surface. From the small number of impact craters that appear on Martian lava flows, one can estimate that the planet was volcanically active as recently as a half-billion years ago—and may be active today. The great objection to the Martian origin of shergottites is the absence of lunar meteorites on Earth. An impact capable of ejecting a fragment of the Martian surface into an Earth-intersecting orbit is even less probable than such an event on the Moon, in view of the Moon’s smaller size and closer proximity to Earth. A recent study suggests, however, that permafrost ices below the surface of Mars may have altered the effects of impact on it. If the ices had been rapidly vaporized by an impacting object, the expanding gases might have helped the ejected fragments reach escape velocity. Finally, analyses performed by space probes show a

remarkable chemical similarity between Martian soil and the shergottites.

5. The passage implies which of the following about shergottites?

I. They are products of volcanic activity.

II. They derive from a planet larger than Earth.

III. They come from a planetary body with a chemical composition similar to that of Io.

(A) I only

(B) II only

(C) I and II only

(D) II and III only

6. According to the passage, a meteorite discovered on Earth is unlikely to have come from a large planet for which of the following reasons?

(A) There are fewer large planets in the solar system than there are asteroids.

(B) Most large planets have been volcanically inactive for more than a billion years.

(C) The gravitational pull of a large planet would probably prohibit fragments from escaping its orbit.

(D) There are no chondrites occurring naturally on Earth and probably none on other large planets.

7. The passage suggests that the age of shergottites is probably

(A) still entirely undetermined

(B) less than that of most other achondrites

(C) about 3.5 billion years

第 3 页, 共 14 页

(D) the same as that of typical achondrites

8. According to the passage, the presence of chondrules in a meteorite indicates that the meteorite

(A) has probably come from Mars

(B) is older than the solar system itself

(C) has not been melted since the solar system formed

(D) is certainly less than 4 billion years old

9. The passage provides information to answer which of the following questions?

(A) What is the precise age of the solar system?

(B) How did shergottites get their name?

(C) What are the chemical properties shared by shergottites and Martian soils?

(D) What is a major feature of the Martian surface?

10. It can be inferred from the passage that each of the following is a consideration in determining whether a particular planet is a possible source of shergottites that have been discovered on Earth EXCEPT the

(A) planet’s size

(B) planet’s distance from Earth

(C) strength of the planet’s field of gravity

(D) proximity of the planet to its moons

27. It can be inferred from the passage that most mete-

orites found on Earth contain which of the following?

(A) Crystals (B) Chondrules (C) Metals (D) Sodium

Passage 3

The transplantation of organs from one individual to another normally involves two major problems: organ rejection is likely unless the transplantation antigens of both individuals are nearly identical, and (2) the introduction of any unmatched transplantation antigens induces the development by the recipient of donor-specific lymphocytes that will produce violent rejection of further transplantations from that donor. However, we have found that among many strains of rats these “normal” rules of transplantation are not obeyed by liver transplants. Not only are liver transplants never rejected, but they even induce a state of donor-specific unresponsiveness in which subsequent transplants of other organs, such as skin, from that donor are accepted permanently. Our hypothesis is that (1) many strains of rats simply cannot mount a sufficiently vigorous destructive immune-response (using lymphocytes) to outstrip the liver’s relatively great capacity to protect itself from immune-response damage and that (2) the systemic unresponsiveness observed is due to concentration of the recipient’s donor-specific lymphocytes at the site of the liver transplant.

12. The primary purpose of the passage is to treat the accepted generalizations about organ transplantation in which of the following ways?

(A) Explicate their main features (B) Suggest an alternative to them

(C) Examine their virtues and limitations (D) Criticize the major evidence used to support them

13. It can be inferred from the passage that the author believes that an important difference among strains of rats is the

(A) size of their livers (B) constitution of their skin

(C) strength of their immune-response reactions (D) sensitivity of their antigens

14. According to the hypothesis of the author, after a successful liver transplant, the reason that rats do not reject further transplants of other organs from the same donor is that the

(A) transplantation antigens of the donor and the recipient become matched

(B) lymphocytes of the recipient are weakened by the activity of the transplanted liver

(C) subsequently transplanted organ is able to repair the damage caused by the recipient’s immune-response reaction

(D) transplanted liver continues to be the primary locus for the recipient’s immune-response reaction

15. Which of the following new findings about strains of rats that do not normally reject liver transplants if true, would support the authors’

第 4 页, 共 14 页

hypothesis?

I. Stomach transplants are accepted by the recipients in all cases.

II. Increasing the strength of the recipient’s immune-response reaction can induce liver-transplant rejection.

III. Organs from any other donor can be transplanted without rejection after liver transplantation.

IV. Preventing lymphocytes from being concentrated at the liver transplant produces acceptance of skin transplants.

(A) II only (B) I and III only

(C) II and IV only (D) I, II, and III only

Passage 4

Practically speaking, the artistic maturing of the cinema was the single-handed achievement of David W. Griffith (1875-1948). Before Griffith, photography in dramatic films consisted of little more than placing the actors before a stationary camera and showing them in full length as they would have appeared on stage. From the beginning of his career as a director, however, Griffith, because of his love of Victorian painting, employed composition. He conceived of the camera image as having a foreground and a rear ground, as well as the middle distance preferred by most directors. By 1910 he was using close-ups to reveal significant details of the scene or of the acting and extreme long shots to achieve a sense of spectacle and distance. His appreciation of the camera’s possibilities produced novel dramatic effects. By splitting an event into fragments and recording each from the most suitable camera position, he could significantly vary the emphasis from camera shot to camera shot.

Griffith also achieved dramatic effects by means of creative editing. By juxtaposing images and varying the speed and rhythm of their presentation, he could control the dramatic intensity of the events as the story progressed. Despite the reluctance of his producers, who feared that the public would not be able to follow a plot that was made up of such juxtaposed images, Griffith persisted, and experimented as well with other elements of cinematic syntax that have become standard ever since. These included the flashback, permitting broad psychological and emotional exploration as well as narrative that was not chronological, and the crosscut between two parallel actions to heighten suspense and excitement. In thus exploiting fully the possibilities of editing, Griffith transposed devices of the Victorian novel to film and gave film mastery of time as well as space.

Besides developing the cinema’s language, Griffith immensely broadened its range and treatment of subjects. His early output was remarkably eclectic: it included not only the standard comedies, melodramas, westerns, and thrillers, but also such novelties as adaptations from Browning and Tennyson, and treatments of social issues. As his successes mounted, his ambitions grew, and with them the whole of American cinema. When he remade Enoch Arden in 1911, he insisted that a subject of such importance could not be treated in the then conventional length of one reel. Griffith’s introduction of the American-made multireel picture began an immense revolution. Two years later, Judith of Bethulia, an elaborate historic philosophical spectacle, reached the unprecedented length of four reels, or one hour’s running time. From our contemporary viewpoint, the pretensions of this film may seem a trifle ludicrous, but at the time it provoked endless debate and discussion and gave a new intellectual respectability to the cinema.

16. The primary purpose of the passage is to

(A) discuss the importance of Griffith to the development of the cinema

(B) describe the impact on cinema of the flashback and other editing innovations

(C) deplore the state of American cinema before the advent of Griffith

(D) analyze the changes in the cinema wrought by the introduction of the multireel film

17. The author suggests that Griffith’s film innovations

had a direct effect on all of the following EXCEPT

(A) film editing (B) camera work (C) scene composing (D) sound editing

18. It can be inferred from the passage that before 1910

the normal running time of a film was

(A) 15 minutes or less (B) between 15 and 30 minutes

(C) between 30 and 45 minutes (D) between 45 minutes and 1 hour

19. The author asserts that Griffith introduced all of the following into American cinema EXCEPT

(A) consideration of social issues (B) adaptations from Tennyson

第 5 页, 共 14 页

(C) the flashback and other editing techniques (D) dramatic plots suggested by Victorian theater

20. The author suggests that Griffith’s contributions to

the cinema had which of the following results?

I. Literary works, especially Victorian novels, became popular sources for film subjects.

II. Audience appreciation of other film directors’ experimentations with cinematic syntax was increased.

III. Many of the artistic limitations thought to be inherent in filmmaking were shown to be really nonexistent.

(A) II only (B) III only (C) I and II only (D) II and III only

21. It can be inferred from the passage that Griffith would be most likely to agree with which of the following statements?

(A) The good director will attempt to explore new ideas as quickly as possible.

(B) The most important element contributing to a film’s success is the ability of the actors.

(C) The camera must be considered an integral and active element in the creation of a film.

(D) The cinema should emphasize serious and sober examinations of fundamental human problems.

22. The author’s attitude toward photography in the cinema before Griffith can best be described as

(A) sympathetic (B) nostalgic (C) amused (D) condescending

Passage 5

Historically, a cornerstone of classical empiricism has been the notion that every true generalization must be confirmable by specific observations. In classical empiricism, the truth of “All balls are red,” for example, is assessed by inspecting balls; any observation of a non red ball refutes unequivocally the proposed generalization. For W.V.O. Quine, however, this constitutes an overly “narrow” conception of empiricism. “All balls are red,” he maintains, forms one strand within an entire web of statements (our knowledge); individual observations can be referred only to this web as a whole. As new observations are collected, he explains, they must be integrated into the web. Problems occur only if a contradiction develops between a new observation, say, “That ball is blue,” and the preexisting statements. In that case, he argues, any statement or combination of statements (not merely the “offending” generalization, as in classical empiricism) can be altered to achieve the fundamental requirement, a system free of contradictions, even if, in some cases, the alteration consists of labeling the new observation a “hallucination.”

23. The author of the passage is primarily concerned with presenting

(A) criticisms of Quine’s views on the proper conceptualization of empiricism

(B) evidence to support Quine’s claims about the problems inherent in classical empiricism

(C) an account of Quine’s counterproposal to one of the traditional assumptions of classical empiricism

(D) an overview of classical empiricism and its contributions to Quine’s alternate under-standing of empiricism

24. According to Quine’s conception of empiricism, if a new observation were to contradict some statement already within our system of knowledge, which of the following would be true?

(A) The new observation would be rejected as untrue.

(B) Both the observation and the statement in our system that it contradicted would be discarded.

(C) New observations would be added to our web of statements in order to expand our system of knowledge.

(D) The observation or some part of our web of statements would need to be adjusted to resolve the contradiction.

25. As described in the passage, Quine’s specific argument against classical empiricism would be most strengthened if he did which of the following?

(A) Provided evidence that many observations are actually hallucinations.

(B) Explained why new observations often invalidate preexisting generalizations.

(C) Challenged the mechanism by which specific generalizations are derived from collections of particular observations.

(D) Mentioned other critics of classical empiricism and the substance of their approaches.

26. It can be inferred from the passage that Quine considers classical empiricism to be “overly ‘narrow’ ” (lines 3-4) for which of the following reasons?

I. Classical empiricism requires that our system of generalizations be free of contradictions.

II. Classical empiricism demands that in the case of a contradiction between an individual observation and a generalization, the generalization

第 6 页, 共 14 页

must be abandoned.

III. Classical empiricism asserts that every observation will either confirm an existing generalization or initiate a new generalization.

(A) II only (B) I and II only (C) I and III only (D) I, II, and III

Passage 6

Until recently astronomers have been puzzled by the fate of red giant and supergiant stars. When the core of a giant star whose mass surpasses 1.4 times the present mass of our Sun (M⊙) exhausts its nuclear fuel, it is unable to support its own weight and collapses into a tiny neutron star. The gravitational energy released during this implosion of the core blows off the remainder of the star in a gigantic explosion, or a supernova. Since around 50 percent of all stars are believed to begin their lives with masses greater than 1.4M⊙, we might expect that one out of every two stars would die as a supernova. But in fact, only one star in thirty dies such a violent death. The rest expire much more peacefully as planetary nebulas. Apparently most massive stars manage to lose sufficient material that their masses drop below the critical value of 1.4 M⊙before they exhaust their nuclear fuel.

Evidence supporting this view comes from observations of IRC+10216, a pulsating giant star located 700 light-years away from Earth. A huge rate of mass loss (1 M⊙ every 10,000 years) has been deduced from infrared observations of ammonia (NH3) molecules located in the circumstellar cloud around IRC+10216. Recent microwave observations of carbon monoxide (CO) molecules indicate a similar rate of mass loss and demonstrate that the escaping material extends out-ward from the star for a distance of at least one light-year. Because we know the size of the cloud around IRC+10216 and can use our observations of either NH3 or CO to measure the outflow velocity, we can calculate an age for the circumstellar cloud. IRC+10216 has apparently expelled, in the form of molecules and dust grains, a mass equal to that of our entire Sun within the past ten thousand years. This implies that some stars can shed huge amounts of matter very quickly and thus may never expire as supernovas. Theoretical models as well as statistics on supernovas and planetary nebulas suggest that stars that begin their lives with masses around 6 M⊙ shed sufficient material to drop below the critical value of 1.4M⊙. IRC+10216, for example, should do this in a mere 50,000 years from its birth, only an instant in the life of a star.

But what place does IRC+10216 have in stellar evolution? Astronomers suggest that stars like IRC+10216 are actually “protoplanetary nebulas” –old giant stars whose dense cores have almost but not quite rid themselves of the fluffy envelopes of gas around them. Once the star has lost the entire envelope, its exposed core becomes the central star of the planetary nebula and heats and ionizes the last vestiges of the envelope as it flows away into space. This configuration is a full-fledged planetary nebula, long familiar to optical astronomers.

27. The primary purpose of the passage is to

(A) offer a method of calculating the age of circum-stellar clouds

(B) describe the conditions that result in a star’s expiring as a supernova

(C) discuss new evidence concerning the composition of planetary nebulas

(D) explain why fewer stars than predicted expire as supernovas

28. The passage implies that at the beginning

of the life of IRC+10216, its mass was approximately

(A) 7.0 M⊙ (B) 6.0 M⊙ (C) 5.0 M⊙ (D) 1.4 M⊙

29. The view to which line 18 refers serves to

(A) reconcile seemingly contradictory facts

(B) undermine a previously held theory

(C) take into account data previously held to be insignificant

(D) resolve a controversy

30. It can be inferred from the passage that the author assumes which of the following in the discussion of the rate at which IRC+10216 loses mass?

(A) The circumstellar cloud surrounding IRC+10216 consists only of CO and NH3 molecules.

(B) The circumstellar cloud surrounding IRC+10216 consists of material expelled from that star.

(C) The age of a star is equal to that of its circumstellar cloud.

(D) The rate at which IRC+10216 loses mass varies significantly from year to year.

31. According to information provided by the passage, which of the following stars would astronomers most likely describe as a planetary nebula?

第 7 页, 共 14 页

(A) A star that began its life with a mass of 5.5 M⊙, has exhausted its nuclear fuel, andhas a core that is visible to astronomers

(B) A star that began its life with a mass of 6 M⊙, lost mass at a rate of 1 M⊙ per 10,000 years, and exhausted its nuclear fuel in 40,000 years

(C) A star that has exhausted its nuclear fuel, has a mass of 1.2 M⊙, and is surrounded by a circumstellar cloud that obscures its core from view

(D) A star that began its life with a mass greater than 6 M⊙, has just recently exhausted its nuclear fuel, and is in the process of releasing massive amounts of gravitational energy

32. Which of the following statements would be most likely to follow the last sentence of the passage?

(A) Supernovas are not necessarily the most spectacular events that astronomers have occasion to observe.

(B) Apparently, stars that have a mass of greater than 6 M⊙ are somewhat rare.

(C)Recent studies of CO and NH3 in the circumstellar clouds of stars similar to IRC+10216 have led astronomers to believe that the formation of planetary nebulas precedes the development of supernovas.

(D) Astronomers have yet to develop a consistently accurate method for measuring the rate at which a star exhausts its nuclear fuel.

33. Which of the following titles best summarizes the content of the passage?

(A) New Methods of Calculating the Age of Circumstellar Clouds

(B) New Evidence Concerning the Composition of Planetary Nebulas

(C) Protoplanetary Neula: A Rarely Observed Phenomenon

(D) Planetary Nebulas: An Enigma to Astronomers

Passage 7

Noses have it pretty hard. Boxers fatten them. Doctors rearrange them. People make jokes about their unflattering characteristics. Worst of all, when it comes to smell, no one really understands them.

Despite the nose’s conspicuous presence, its workings are subtle. Smell, or olfaction is a chemosense, relying on specialized interactions between chemicals and nerve endings. When a rose, for example, is sniffed, odor molecules are carried by the rising airstream to the top of the nasal cavity, just behind the bridge of the nose, where the tips of the tens of millions of olfactory nerve cells are clustered in the mucous lining. The molecules somehow trigger the nerve endings, which carry the message to the olfactory lobes of the brain. Because smell information then travels to other regions of the brain, the scent of a rose can elicit not only a pleasurable sensation but emotions and memories as well.

Though just how odors stimulate the nerves is unknown, scientists do know that our sense of smell is surprisingly keen, capable of distinguishing up to tens of thousands of chemical odors. The laboratory task of isolating the components of an odor is far from simple. Tobacco smoke, for example, is made up of several thousand different chemicals. Moreover, smell researchers must grapple with the problem of what to call the different odors that the nose detects. People generally refer to smells by their sources of associations. Descriptions such as “like a wet dog” or “like my elementary school” may convey perceptions but are vastly inadequate for labeling the chemistry involved.

To further complicate research, olfaction is connected to other sensations. Besides olfactory nerves, the nasal cavity contains pain-sensitive nerves that perceive sensations such as the kick in ammonia of the burning in chili peppers. Smell also interwines with taste to create flavor. A coffee drinker holding his nose while sipping would taste only the bitter in his brew, for taste receptors generally appear limited to bitter, salty, sour and sweet. The sense of smell is ten thousand times more sensitive than taste and makes subtle distinctions among lemon, chocolate, and many more flavors.

So how does the nose manage this sophisticated discrimination? Lake of evidence hasn’t kept scientists from speculating. One idea is that every odor molecule vibrates at its own frequency, creating patterns of disturbance in the air similar to the wave patterns produced by sound. According to this theory, the nerves act as receivers for the unique vibrations of every odor molecule. The scheme requires no direct contact between the molecule and the nerve cell.

Another suggestion is that primary odors, equivalent to the primary color s of vision underlie all smells and are detected by receptor sites on the olfactory nerves. Different combinations of about thirty basic smells, with labels such as malty, minty, and musky, could form an infinite number of odors.

Other scientists think that each smell is its own primary smell. They believe the olfactory nerve endings have specific receptor proteins that bind to each of the chemicals people can sense. This theory, however, calls for thousands of different proteins – none of which has been found.

“The science of smell is so empirical, ”says Robert Gesteland, a neurobiologist at Northwestern University, “there’s no predictive base for experiments.” Unlike the senses of sight, touch, and hearing, olfaction studies have attracted only a small share of scientific interest. That may

第 8 页, 共 14 页

change. Researchers hope that unraveling the mystery of smell and taste disorders that affect two million Americans. And in the future, with enough known about smell, it might be possible to endow strange, unappealing but nutritious foods with more familiar odors, perhaps expanding the world’s food supply. For the moment, however, what the nose knows it isn’t revealing.

34. We may conclude from this passage that

(A) our sense of smell is as important as any of our other senses

(B) each smell is its primary smell

(C) olfactory study has become a major research area

(D) there is much more to be learned about the nose

35. According to the passage the only statement which is not true is

(A) doctors use smell research to better understand taste disorders

(B) significant progress has been made in separating the various proteins in the nerve endings

(C) smell researchers have difficulty in labeling different odors

(D) our sense of taste is not nearly as acute as our sense of smell

36. Which of the following sentences from the passage illustrates the need for further research?

(A) Smell also interwines with taste to create flavor.

(B) The molecules somehow trigger the nerve endings, which carry the message to the olfactory lobes of the brain.

(C) The science of smell is so empirical, there’s no predictive base for experiments

(D) Smell, or olfaction, is a chemosense, relying on specialized interactions between chemicals and nerve endings

37. In attempting to analyze the intricacies of smell discrimination, some scientists have suggested

I. that odor molecules work in the same way that sound waves do

II. that primary odors, which are inherent in all smells, are communicated to receptor sites on the olfactory nerves

III. that recognition takes place as the molecule stimulates the nerve cell

(A) II only (B) I and II only (C) I and III only (D) I, II, and III

38. The author attempts to lighten this serious biological report by means of

(A) the incongruity of widespread smell research

(B) similes such as “like a wet dog”

(C) the opening and closing statements

(D) the confession of our basic ignorance

39. The comparison of a smell to a person’s elementary school was made in order to

(A) illustrate a unique perception

(B) show how imagery may be employed in a lab situation

(C) point out the uselessness of such a description to scientists

(D) personalize a complicated topic

(E) maintain the reader’s interest

40. According to the passage, we can find massive quantities of olfactory nerve cells

(A) in every chemosense (B) on the brain lobes

(C) behind the bridge of the nose (D) in special taste receptors

42. The broadest example of a major problem facing smell researchers is contained with

(A) the reference to tabbacco smoke (B) the reference to the rose

(C) the coffee drinker’s experience (D) Robert Gesteland’s statement

Passage 8

In recommending to the board of trustees a tuition increase of $500 per year, the President of the university said: “There were no student demonstrations over the previous increase of $300 last year and $200 the year before.”

4p>第 9 页, 共 14 页

42. If the President’s statement is accurate, which of the following can be validly inferred from the information given?

I. Most students in previous years felt that the increases were justified because of increased operating costs

II. Student apathy was responsible for the failure of students to protest the previous tuition increases.

III. Students are not likely to demonstrate over the new tuition increases.

(A) I only (B) II only (C) I or II, but not both (D) Neither I, II, and III

Passage 9

A meadow in springtime is beautiful, even if no one there to appreciate it.

43. The statement above would be a logical rebuttal to which of the following claims?

(A) People will see only what they want to see.

(B) Beauty is only skin deep.

(C) There’s no accounting for taste.

(D) Beauty exists only in the eye of the beholder.

Passage 10

“I have considered the structure of all Volant animals, and find the folding continuity of the bat’s wings most easily accommodated to the human form. Upon this model I shall begin my task tomorrow, and in a year expect to tower into the air beyond the malice or pursuit of man. But I will work only this condition, that the art shall not be divulged, and that you shall not require me to make wings for any but ourselves. ”

“Why,” said Rasselas, “should you envy others so great an advantage? All skill ought to be exerted for universal good; every man has owed much to others, and ought to repay the kindness that he has received.”

“If men were all virtuous,” returned the artist, “I should with great alacrity teach them all to fly. But what would be the security of the good, if the bad could at pleasure invade them from the sky? Against an army sailing might though the clouds neither wall, nor mountains, nor seas, could afford any security. A flight of northern savages might hover in the wind, and light at once with irresistible violence upon the capital of a fruitful region that was descent of some of the naked nations that swarm on the coast of the southern sea.”

44. The person whom Rasselas is speaking to is

(A) a tailor (B) a gamber (C) a biologist (D) an artist

45. The attitude of the persion giving his point of view is one of

(A) optimism (B)sarcasm (C) distrust (D)innocence

46. In this selection, the author is employing the literary device of

(A) onomatopoeia (B) symbolism (C) irony (D) alliteration

Passage 11

In country X, the Conservative, Democratic and Justice parties have fought three civil wars in twenty years. To restore stability, an agreement is reached to rotate the tip offices – President, Prime Minister, and Army Chief of Staff-among the parties, so that each party controls one and only one Office at all times. The three top office holders must each have two deputies, one from each of the other parties. Each deputy must choose a staff composed equally of members of his or her chief’s party and members of the third party.

47. When the Justice party holds one of the top offices, which of the following cannot be true?

(A) Some of the staff members within that Office are Justice Party members

(B) Some of the staff members within that Office are Democratic Party members

(C) Two of the deputies within that Office are Justice Party members

(D) Two of the deputies within that Office are Conservative Party members

48. When the Democratic Party holds the Presidency, the staffs of the Prime Minister’s deputies are composed of

I. one-fourth of Democratic Party members

II. one-half of Justice Party members, one-fourth of Conservative Party members

第 10 页, 共 14 页

III. one-half of Conservative Party members, one-fourth of Justice Party members

(A) I only (B) I and II only (C) II or III, but not both (D) I and II or I and III

49. Which of the following is allowable under the rules as stated?

(A) More than half of the staff within a given Office belonging to a single party.

(B) Half the staff members within a given Office belonging to a single party.

(C) Any person having a member of the same party as his or her immediate superior

(D) Half the total number of staff members in all three Offices belonging to a single party.

50. The Office of the Army Chief of Staff passes from the Conservatives to the Justice Party. Which of the following must be fired?

(A) The Democratic deputy and all staff members belonging to the Justice Party

(B) Justice Party deputy and all of his or her staff members

(C) Justice Party deputy and all of his or her staff members belonging to the Conservative Party.

(D) Conservative Party deputy and all of his or her staff members belonging to the Conservative Party.

Passage 12

By 1950, the results of attempts to relate brain processes to mental experience appeared rather discouraging. Such variations in size, shape, chemistry, conduction speed, excitation threshold, and the like as had been demonstrated in nerve cells remained negligible in significance for any possible correlation with the manifold dimensions of mental experience.

Near the turn of the century, it had been suggested by Hering that different modes of sensation, such as pain, taste, and color, might be correlated with the discharge of specific kinds of nervous energy. However, subsequently developed methods of recording and analyzing nerve potentials failed to reveal any such qualitative diversity. It was possible to demonstrate by other methods refined structural differences among neuron types; however, proof was lacking that the quality of the impulse or its condition was influenced by these differences, which seemed instead to influence the developmental patterning of the neural circuits. Although qualitative variance among nerve energies was never rigidly disproved, the doctrine was generally abandoned in favor of the opposing view, namely, that nerve impulses are essentially homogeneous in quality and are transmitted as “common currency” throughout the nervous system. According to this theory, it is not the quality of the sensory nerve impulses that determines the diverse conscious sensations they produce, but rather the different areas of the brain into which they discharge, and there is some evidence for this view. In one experiment, when an electric stimulus was applied to a given sensory field of the cerebral cortex of a conscious human subject, it produced a sensation of the appropriate modality for that particular locus, that is, a visual sensation from the visual cortex, an auditory sensation from the auditory cortex, and so on. Other experiments revealed slight variations in the size, number, arrangement, and interconnection of the nerve cells, but as far as psychoneural correlations were concerned, the obvious similarities of these sensory fields to each other seemed much more remarkable than any of the minute differences.

However, cortical locus, in itself, turned out to have little explanatory value. Studies showed that sensations as diverse as those of red, black, green, and white, or touch, cold, warmth, movement, pain, posture, and pressure apparently may arise through activation of the same cortical areas. What seemed to remain was some kind of differential patterning effects in the brain excitation: it is the difference in the central distribution of impulses that counts. In short, brain theory suggested a correlation between mental experience and the activity of relatively homogeneous nerve-cell units conducting essentially homogeneous impulses through homogeneous cerebral tissue. To match the multiple dimensions of mental experience psychologists could only point to a limitless variation in the spatiotemporal patterning of nerve impulses.

51. The author suggests that, by 1950, attempts to correlate mental experience with brain processes would probably have been viewed with

(A) indignation (B) impatience (C) pessimism (D) indifference

52. The author mentions “common currency” in line 26 primarily in order to emphasize the

(A) lack of differentiation among nerve impulses in human beings

(B) similarity of the sensations that all human beings experience

(C) similarities in the views of scientists who have studied the human nervous system

(D) recurrent questioning by scientists of an accepted explanation about the nervous system

53. The description in lines 32-38 of an experiment in which electric stimuli were applied to different sensory fields of the cerebral cortex tends to support the theory that

第 11 页, 共 14 页

(A) the simple presence of different cortical areas cannot account for the diversity of mental experience

(B) variation in spatiotemporal patterning of nerve impulses correlates with variation in subjective experience

(C) nerve impulses are essentially homogeneous and are relatively unaffected as they travel through the nervous system

(D) the mental experiences produced by sensory nerve impulses are determined by the cortical area activated

54. According to the passage, some evidence exists that the area of the cortex activated by a sensory stimulus determines which of the following?

I. The nature of the nerve impulse II. The modality of the sensory experience

III. Qualitative differences within a modality

(A) II only (B) III only (C) I and II only (D) II and III only

55. The passage can most accurately be described as a

discussion concerning historical views of the

(A) anatomy of the brain (B) manner in which nerve impulses are conducted

(C) mechanics of sense perception (D) physiological correlates of mental experience

56. Which of the following best summarizes the author’s opinion of the suggestion that different areas of the brain determine perceptions produced by sensory nerve impulses?

(A) It is a plausible explanation, but it has not been completely proved.

(B) It is the best explanation of brain processes currently available.

(C) It is disproved by the fact that the various areas of the brain are physiologically very similar.

(D) There is some evidence to support it, but it fails to explain the diversity of mental experience.

(E) There is experimental evidence that confirms its correctness.

57. It can be inferred from the passage that which of the following exhibit the LEAST qualitative variation?

(A) Nerve cells (B) Nerve impulses (C) Cortical areas (D) Spatial patterns of nerve impulses

Passage 14

At the end of the Second World War the number of women in their childbearing years was at record lgw. Yet for almost twenty years they produced a record high number of children. In 1957, there was an average of 3.72 children per family. Now the postwar babies are producing a record low number of babies. In 1983 the average number of children per family was about 1.79—two children fewer than the 1957 rate and lower even than the 2.11 rate that a population needs to replace itself.

58. It can properly inferred from the passage that

(A) for the birth rate to be high, there must be a relatively large number of women in their childbearing years.

(B) the most significant factor influencing the birth rate is whether the country is engaged in a war

(C) unless there are extraordinary circumstances, the birth rate will not dip below the level at which a population replaces itself

(D) the birth rate is not directly proportional to the number of women in their childbearing years.

Passage 15

A study of illusioinistic painting inevitably begins with the Greek painter Zeuxis. In an early work, which is the basis for his fame, he painted a bowl of grapes that was so lifelike that birds pecked at the fruit. In an attempt to expand his achievement to encompass human figures, he painted a boy carrying a bunch of grapes. When birds immediately came to peck at the fruit, Zeuxis judged that he had failed.

59. Zeuxis’s judgment that he had failed in his later work was based on an assumption. Which of the following can have served as the assumption?

(A) People are more easily fooled by illusionistic techniques than are the birds

(B) The use of illusionistic techniques in painting had become commonplace by the time Zeuxis completed his later work.

(C) The grapes in the later painting were even more realistic than the ones in the earlier work.

(D) Birds are less likely to peck at fruit when they see that a human being is present.

Passage 16

The best argument for the tenure system that protects professional employment in universities is that it allows veteran faculty to hire people

第 12 页, 共 14 页

smarter than they are and yet remain secure in the knowledge that unless they themselves are caught in an act of moral turpitude—a concept that in the present climate almost defies definition—the younger faculty cannot turn around and fire them. This is not true in industry.

60. Which of the following assumptions is most likely to have been made by the author of the argument above?

(A) Industry should follow the example of universities and protect the jobs of managers by instituting a tenure system

(B) If no tenure system existed, veteran faculty would be reluctant to hire new faculty who might threaten the veteran faculty’s own jobs.

(C) If a stronger consensus concerning what constitutes moral turpitude existed, the tenure system in universities would be expendable.

(D) Veteran faculty will usually hire and promote new faculty whose scholarship is more up-to-date their own.

Passage 17

A constitution is a formal statement of the aims and basic rules governing a club. It is regarded as a permanent law to be followed strictly until the group votes (usually by two thirds vote) to amend any provisions. You should think wisely and act cautiously in drawing up a constitution since it is regarded as binding. A long list of amendments indicates that the original constitution was weak. Examine the Constitution of the United States and then notice how few amendments have been added over the course of the years. Although this is a classic example of long-range planning and statesmanship, wisdom and foresight are necessary in drawing up any satisfactory constrictions.

61. A long list of amendments indicates that the original constitution

(A) was a classic example of long-range planning and statesmanship (B) lacked wisdom and foresight

(C) was not regarded as binding (D)was a satisfactory one

62. An amendment to a constitution usually requires

(A) a unanimous vote (B) a majority vote (C) a minority vote (D) long-range planning and statesmanship

63. The Constitution of the United States with its few amendments\

(A) is not satisfactory (B) is weak

(C) is a typical instance of long-range planning and statesmanship (D)was a satisfactory one

64. A constitution is regarded as

(A) temporary (B) informal (C) binding (D) classic

Passage 18

The need for solar electricity is clear. It is safe, ecologically sound, efficient, continuously available, and it has no moving parts. The basic problem with the use of solar photovoltaic devices is economics, but until recently very little progress had been made toward the development of low-cost photovoltaic devices. The larger part of research funds has been devoted to the study of single-crystal silicon solar cells, despite the evidence that this technique holds little promise. The reason for this pattern is understandable and historical. Crystalline silicon, however, is particularly unsuitable to terrestrial solar cells.

Crystalline silicon solar cells work well and are successfully used in the space program, where cost is not an issue. While single crystal silicon has been proven in extraterrestrial use with efficiencies as high as 18 percent, and other more expensive and scarce materials can have ever higher efficiencies, costs must be reduced by a factor of more that 100 to make them practical for commercial uses. Beside the fact that the starting crystalline silicon is expensive, 95 percent of it is wasted and does not appear in the final device. Recently, there have been some imaginative attempts to make polycrystalline and ribbon silicon which are lower in cost than high-quality single crystals; but to date the efficiencies of these apparently lower-cost materials have been unacceptably small. Moreover, these materials are cheaper only because of the introduction of disordering in crystalline semiconductors, and disorder degrades the efficiency of crystalline solar cells.

This difficulty can be avoided by preparing completely disordered or amorphous materials. Amorphous materials have disordered atomic structure as compared to crystalline materials: that is, they have only short-range order rather that the long-range periodicity of crystals. The advantages of amorphous solar cells are impressive. Whereas crystalline silicon must be made 200 microns thick to absorb a sufficient amount of sunlight for efficient energy conversion, only 1 micron of the proper amorphous materials is necessary. Crystalline silicon solar cells cost in excess of 100 per square foot, but amorphous films can be created at a cost of about 50 cents per square foot.

Although many scientists were aware of the very low cost of amorphous solar cells, they felt that they could never be manufactured with the efficiencies necessary to contribute significantly to the demand for electric power. This was based on a misconception about the feature which determines efficiency. For example, it is not the conductivity of the material in the dark which is relevant, but only the photoconductivity, that is, the

第 13 页, 共 14 页

conductivity in the presence of sunlight. Already, solar cells with efficiencies well above 6 percent have been developed using amorphous materials, and further research will doubtless find even less costly amorphous materials with higher efficiencies.

65. The author is primarily concerned with _______.

[A] discussing the importance of solar energy

[B] explaining the functioning of solar cells

[C] presenting a history of research on energy sources

[D] describing a possible solution to the problem of the cost of photovoltaic cells

66. According to the passage, which of the following encouraged use of silicon solar cells in the space program?

I. the higher cost of materials such as gallium arsenide

II. the fairly high extraterrestrial efficiency of the cells

III. the relative lack of cost limitations in the space program

(A) I only (B) II only (C) I and II only (D) II and III only

67.In the second paragraph, he author mentions recent attempts to make polycrystalline and ribbon silicon primarily in order to ______.

[A] minimize the importance of recent improvements in silicon solar cells

[B] demonstrate the superiority of amorphous materials over crystalline silicon

[C] explain why silicon solar cells have been the center of research

[D] contrast crystalline silicon with polycrystalline and ribbon silicon

68. Which of the following pairs of terms does the author regard as most nearly synonymous?

(A)solar and extraterrestrial (B) photovoltaic devices and solar cells

(C)crystalline silicon and amorphous materials (D)amorphous materials and higher efficiencies

69. The material in the passage could best be used in an argument for _______.

[A] discontinuing the space program

[B] increased funding for research on amorphous materials

[C] further study of the history of silicon crystals

[D] increased reliance on solar energy

70.The tone of the passage can best be described as _______.

[A] analytical and optimistic

[B] biased and unprofessional

[C] critical and discouraged

[D] hesitating and inconclusive

Part Two Linguistics 30 points (Write down your answers to the questions in this part of the test in separate blank answer sheets provided at your test center.)

1. Which is more useful in language studies, descriptive linguistics or prescriptive linguistics? Why? 10 points

2. Please show the difference between tone and intonation. 5 points

3. How is meaning often analyzed in semantics? 5 points

4. What is the difference between dialect and language? What is the criterion that is generally used to define a national language? 10 points

第 14 页, 共 14 页

Part Three Literature 50 points (Write down your answers to the questions in this part of the test in separate blank answer sheets provided at your test center.)

1. Write down the names of the authors of the following literary works: (9 points)

A. As I Lay Dying B. Pale Fire

C. Catch-22 D. The Hairy Ape

E. The Waste Land F. Julius Caesar

G. The Golden Notebook H. The Rime of the Ancient Mariner

I. Canterbury tales

2. Explain THREE of the following literary terms: (in about 50 words for each) (9 points)

A. postmodernism B. feminism

C. narration D. stream of consciousness

E. monologue F. realism

3. Describe and make a comment on THREE of the following characters (in about 50 words for each) (12 points)

A. Falstaff (in Henry IV)

B. Heathcliff (in Wuthering Height)

C. Lolita (in Lolita)

D. Bloom (in Ulysses)

E. Scarlett (in Gone with the Wind)

4. Answer ONE of the following questions on British Literature (in no less than 100 words) (10 points):

A. Some critics regard Joseph Conrad and Virginia Woolf as impressionist novelists. Do you agree or disagree? Why?

B. Why does Thomas Hardy gives his novel Tess of d’Urbervilles a subtitle, A Pure Women?

5. Answer ONE of the following questions on American Literature (in no less than 100 words) (10 points):

A. What do you know about “The Lost Generation” in the history of American literature?

B. Give some examples of pluralism in modern American literature.



美国文学简史笔记

hjenglish.com 862 11-28

A Concise History of American Literature

What is literature?

Literature is language artistically used to achieve identifiable literary qualities and to convey meaningful messages.

Chapter 1 Colonial Period

I. Background: Puritanism

1. features of Puritanism

(1) Predestination: God decided everything before things occurred.

(2) Original sin: Human beings were born to be evil, and this original sin can be passed down from generation to generation.

(3) Total depravity

(4) Limited atonement: Only the “elect” can be saved.

2. Influence

(1) A group of good qualities – hard work, thrift, piety, sobriety (serious and thoughtful) influenced American literature.

(2) It led to the everlasting myth. All literature is based on a myth – garden of Eden.

(3) Symbolism: the American puritan’s metaphorical mode of perception was chiefly instrumental in calling into being a literary symbolism which is distinctly American.

(4) With regard to their writing, the style is fresh, simple and direct; the rhetoric is plain and honest, not without a touch of nobility often traceable to the direct influence of the Bible.

II. Overview of the literature

1. types of writing

diaries, histories, journals, letters, travel books, autobiographies/biographies, sermons

2. writers of colonial period

(1) Anne Bradstreet

(2) Edward Taylor

(3) Roger Williams

(4) John Woolman

(5) Thomas Paine

(6) Philip Freneau

III. Jonathan Edwards

1. life

2. works

(1) The Freedom of the Will

(2) The Great Doctrine of Original Sin Defended

(3) The Nature of True Virtue

3. ideas – pioneer of transcendentalism

(1) The spirit of revivalism

(2) Regeneration of man

(3) God’s presence

(4) Puritan idealism

IV. Benjamin Franklin

1. life

2. works

(1) Poor Richard’s Almanac

(2) Autobiography

3. contribution

(1) He helped found the Pennsylvania Hospital and the American Philosophical Society.

(2) He was called “the new Prometheus who had stolen fire (electricity in this case) from heaven”.

(3) Everything seems to meet in this one man – “Jack of all trades”. Herman Melville thus described him “master of each and mastered by none”.

Chapter 2 American Romanticism

Section 1 Early Romantic Period

What is Romanticism?

l An approach from ancient Greek: Plato

l A literary trend: 18c in Britain (1798~1832)

l Schlegel Bros.

I. Preview: Characteristics of romanticism

1. subjectivity

(1) feeling and emotions, finding truth

(2) emphasis on imagination

(3) emphasis on individualism – personal freedom, no hero worship, natural goodness of human beings

2. back to medieval, esp medieval folk literature

(1) unrestrained by classical rules

(2) full of imagination

(3) colloquial language

(4) freedom of imagination

(5) genuine in feelings: answer their call for classics

3. back to nature

nature is “breathing living thing” (Rousseau)

II. American Romanticism

1. Background

(1) Political background and economic development

(2) Romantic movement in European countries

Derivative – foreign influence

2. features

(1) American romanticism was in essence the expression of “a real new experience and contained “an alien quality” for the simple reason that “the spirit of the place” was radically new and alien.

(2) There is American Puritanism as a cultural heritage to consider. American romantic authors tended more to moralize. Many American romantic writings intended to edify more than they entertained.

(3) The “newness” of Americans as a nation is in connection with American Romanticism.

(4) As a logical result of the foreign and native factors at work, American romanticism was both imitative and independent.

III. Washington Irving

1. several names attached to Irving

(1) first American writer

(2) the messenger sent from the new world to the old world

(3) father of American literature

2. life

3. works

(1) A History of New York from the Beginning of the World to the End of the Dutch Dynasty

(2) The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon, Gent. (He won a measure of international recognition with the publication of this.)

(3) The History of the Life and Voyages of Christopher Columbus

(4) A Chronicle of the Conquest of Granada

(5) The Alhambra

4. Literary career: two parts

(1) 1809~1832

a. Subjects are either English or European

b. Conservative love for the antique

(2) 1832~1859: back to US

5. style – beautiful

(1) gentility, urbanity, pleasantness

(2) avoiding moralizing – amusing and entertaining

(3) enveloping stories in an atmosphere

(4) vivid and true characters

(5) humour – smiling while reading

(6) musical language

IV. James Fenimore Cooper

1. life

2. works

(1) Precaution (1820, his first novel, imitating Austen’s Pride and Prejudice)

(2) The Spy (his second novel and great success)

(3) Leatherstocking Tales (his masterpiece, a series of five novels)

The Deerslayer, The Last of the Mohicans, The Pathfinder, The Pioneer, The Prairie

3. point of view

the theme of wilderness vs. civilization, freedom vs. law, order vs. change, aristocrat vs. democrat, natural rights vs. legal rights

4. style

(1) highly imaginative

(2) good at inventing tales

(3) good at landscape description

(4) conservative

(5) characterization wooden and lacking in probability

(6) language and use of dialect not authentic

5. literary achievements

He created a myth about the formative period of the American nation. If the history of the United States is, in a sense, the process of the American settlers exploring and pushing the American frontier forever westward, then Cooper’s Leatherstocking Tales effectively approximates the American national experience of adventure into the West. He turned the west and frontier as a useable past and he helped to introduce western tradition to American literature.

Section 2 Summit of Romanticism – American Transcendentalism

I. Background: four sources

1. Unitarianism

(1) Fatherhood of God

(2) Brotherhood of men

(3) Leadership of Jesus

(4) Salvation by character (perfection of one’s character)

(5) Continued progress of mankind

(6) Divinity of mankind

(7) Depravity of mankind

2. Romantic Idealism

Center of the world is spirit, absolute spirit (Kant)

3. Oriental mysticism

Center of the world is “oversoul”

4. Puritanism

Eloquent expression in transcendentalism

II. Appearance

1836, “Nature” by Emerson

III. Features

1. spirit/oversoul

2. importance of individualism

3. nature – symbol of spirit/God

garment of the oversoul

4. focus in intuition (irrationalism and subconsciousness)

IV. Influence

1. It served as an ethical guide to life for a young nation and brought about the idea that human can be perfected by nature. It stressed religious tolerance, called to throw off shackles of customs and traditions and go forward to the development of a new and distinctly American culture.

2. It advocated idealism that was great needed in a rapidly expanded economy where opportunity often became opportunism, and the desire to “get on” obscured the moral necessity for rising to spiritual height.

3. It helped to create the first American renaissance – one of the most prolific period in American literature.

V. Ralph Waldo Emerson

1. life

2. works

(1) Nature

(2) Two essays: The American Scholar, The Poet

3. point of view

(1) One major element of his philosophy is his firm belief in the transcendence of the “oversoul”.

(2) He regards nature as the purest, and the most sanctifying moral influence on man, and advocated a direct intuition of a spiritual and immanent God in nature.

(3) If man depends upon himself, cultivates himself and brings out the divine in himself, he can hope to become better and even perfect. This is what Emerson means by “the infinitude of man”.

(4) Everyone should understand that he makes himself by making his world, and that he makes the world by making himself.

4. aesthetic ideas

(1) He is a complete man, an eternal man.

(2) True poetry and true art should ennoble.

(3) The poet should express his thought in symbols.

(4) As to theme, Emerson called upon American authors to celebrate America which was to him a lone poem in itself.

5. his influence

VI. Henry David Thoreau

1. life

2. works

(1) A Week on the Concord and Merrimack River

(2) Walden

(3) A Plea for John Brown (an essay)

3. point of view

(1) He did not like the way a materialistic America was developing and was vehemently outspoken on the point.

(2) He hated the human injustice as represented by the slavery system.

(3) Like Emerson, but more than him, Thoreau saw nature as a genuine restorative, healthy influence on man’s spiritual well-being.

(4) He has faith in the inner virtue and inward, spiritual grace of man.

(5) He was very critical of modern civilization.

(6) “Simplicity…simplify!”

(7) He was sorely disgusted with “the inundations of the dirty institutions of men’s odd-fellow society”.

(8) He has calm trust in the future and his ardent belief in a new generation of men.

Section 3 Late Romanticism

I. Nathaniel Hawthorne

1. life

2. works

(1) Two collections of short stories: Twice-told Tales, Mosses from and Old Manse

(2) The Scarlet Letter

(3) The House of the Seven Gables

(4) The Marble Faun

3. point of view

(1) Evil is at the core of human life, “that blackness in Hawthorne”

(2) Whenever there is sin, there is punishment. Sin or evil can be passed from generation to generation (causality).

(3) He is of the opinion that evil educates.

(4) He has disgust in science.

4. aesthetic ideas

(1) He took a great interest in history and antiquity. To him these furnish the soil on which his mind grows to fruition.

(2) He was convinced that romance was the predestined form of American narrative. To tell the truth and satirize and yet not to offend: That was what Hawthorne had in mind to achieve.

5. style – typical romantic writer

(1) the use of symbols

(2) revelation of characters’ psychology

(3) the use of supernatural mixed with the actual

(4) his stories are parable (parable inform) – to teach a lesson

(5) use of ambiguity to keep the reader in the world of uncertainty – multiple point of view

II. Herman Melville

1. life

2. works

(1) Typee

(2) Omio

(3) Mardi

(4) Redburn

(5) White Jacket

(6) Moby Dick

(7) Pierre

(8) Billy Budd

3. point of view

(1) He never seems able to say an affirmative yes to life: His is the attitude of “Everlasting Nay” (negative attitude towards life).

(2) One of the major themes of his is alienation (far away from each other).

Other themes: loneliness, suicidal individualism (individualism causing disaster and death), rejection and quest, confrontation of innocence and evil, doubts over the comforting 19c idea of progress

4. style

(1) Like Hawthorne, Melville manages to achieve the effect of ambiguity through employing the technique of multiple view of his narratives.

(2) He tends to write periodic chapters.

(3) His rich rhythmical prose and his poetic power have been profusely commented upon and praised.

(4) His works are symbolic and metaphorical.

(5) He includes many non-narrative chapters of factual background or description of what goes on board the ship or on the route (Moby Dick)

Romantic Poets

I. Walt Whitman

1. life

2. work: Leaves of Grass (9 editions)

(1) Song of Myself

(2) There Was a Child Went Forth

(3) Crossing Brooklyn Ferry

(4) Democratic Vistas

(5) Passage to India

(6) Out of the Cradle Endlessly Rocking

3. themes – “Catalogue of American and European thought”

He had been influenced by many American and European thoughts: enlightenment, idealism, transcendentalism, science, evolution ideas, western frontier spirits, Jefferson’s individualism, Civil War Unionism, Orientalism.

Major themes in his poems (almost everything):

l equality of things and beings

l divinity of everything

l immanence of God

l democracy

l evolution of cosmos

l multiplicity of nature

l self-reliant spirit

l death, beauty of death

l expansion of America

l brotherhood and social solidarity (unity of nations in the world)

l pursuit of love and happiness

4. style: “free verse”

(1) no fixed rhyme or scheme

(2) parallelism, a rhythm of thought

(3) phonetic recurrence

(4) the habit of using snapshots

(5) the use of a certain pronoun “I”

(6) a looser and more open-ended syntactic structure

(7) use of conventional image

(8) strong tendency to use oral English

(9) vocabulary – powerful, colourful, rarely used words of foreign origins, some even wrong

(10) sentences – catalogue technique: long list of names, long poem lines

5. influence

(1) His best work has become part of the common property of Western culture.

(2) He took over Whitman’s vision of the poet-prophet and poet-teacher and recast it in a more sophisticated and Europeanized mood.

(3) He has been compared to a mountain in American literary history.

(4) Contemporary American poetry, whatever school or form, bears witness to his great influence.

II. Emily Dickenson

1. life

2. works

(1) My Life Closed Twice before Its Close

(2) Because I Can’t Stop for Death

(3) I Heard a Fly Buzz – When I died

(4) Mine – by the Right of the White Election

(5) Wild Nights – Wild Nights

3. themes: based on her own experiences/joys/sorrows

(1) religion – doubt and belief about religious subjects

(2) death and immortality

(3) love – suffering and frustration caused by love

(4) physical aspect of desire

(5) nature – kind and cruel

(6) free will and human responsibility

4. style

(1) poems without titles

(2) severe economy of expression

(3) directness, brevity

(4) musical device to create cadence (rhythm)

(5) capital letters – emphasis

(6) short poems, mainly two stanzas

(7) rhetoric techniques: personification – make some of abstract ideas vivid

III. Comparison: Whitman vs. Dickinson

1. Similarities:

(1) Thematically, they both extolled, in their different ways, an emergent America, its expansion, its individualism and its Americanness, their poetry being part of “American Renaissance”.

(2) Technically, they both added to the literary independence of the new nation by breaking free of the convention of the iambic pentameter and exhibiting a freedom in form unknown before: they were pioneers in American poetry.

2. differences:

(1) Whitman seems to keep his eye on society at large; Dickinson explores the inner life of the individual.

(2) Whereas Whitman is “national” in his outlook, Dickinson is “regional”.

(3) Dickinson has the “catalogue technique” (direct, simple style) which Whitman doesn’t have.

Edgar Allen Poe

I. Life

II. Works

1. short stories

(1) ratiocinative stories

a. Ms Found in a Bottle

b. The Murders in the Rue Morgue

c. The Purloined Letter

(2) Revenge, death and rebirth

a. The Fall of the House of Usher

b. Ligeia

c. The Easque of the Red Death

(3) Literary theory

a. The Philosophy of Composition

b. The Poetic Principle

c. Review of Hawthorne’s Twice-told Tales

III. Themes

1. death – predominant theme in Poe’s writing

“Poe is not interested in anything alive. Everything in Poe’s writings is dead.”

2. disintegration (separation) of life

3. horror

4. negative thoughts of science

IV. Aesthetic ideas

1. The short stories should be of brevity, totality, single effect, compression and finality.

2. The poems should be short, and the aim should be beauty, the tone melancholy. Poems should not be of moralizing. He calls for pure poetry and stresses rhythm.

V. Style – traditional, but not easy to read

VI. Reputation: “the jingle man” (Emerson)

VII. His influences

Chapter 3 The Age of Realism

I. Background: From Romanticism to Realism

1. the three conflicts that reached breaking point in this period

(1) industrialism vs. agrarian

(2) culturely-measured east vs. newly-developed west

(3) plantation gentility vs. commercial gentility

2. 1880’s urbanization: from free competition to monopoly capitalism

3. the closing of American frontier

II. Characteristics

1. truthful description of life

2. typical character under typical circumstance

3. objective rather than idealized, close observation and investigation of life

“Realistic writers are like scientists.”

4. open-ending:

Life is complex and cannot be fully understood. It leaves much room for readers to think by themselves.

5. concerned with social and psychological problems, revealing the frustrations of characters in an environment of sordidness and depravity

III. Three Giants in Realistic Period

1. William Dean Howells – “Dean of American Realism”

(1) Realistic principles

a. Realism is “fidelity to experience and probability of motive”.

b. The aim is “talk of some ordinary traits of American life”.

c. Man in his natural and unaffected dullness was the object of Howells’s fictional representation.

d. Realism is by no means mere photographic pictures of externals but includes a central concern with “motives” and psychological conflicts.

e. He condemns novels of sentimentality and morbid self-sacrifice, and avoids such themes as illicit love.

f. Authors should minimize plot and the artificial ordering of the sense of something “desultory, unfinished, imperfect”.

g. Characters should have solidity of specification and be real.

h. Interpreting sympathetically the “common feelings of commonplace people” was best suited as a technique to express the spirit of America.

i. He urged writers to winnow tradition and write in keeping with current humanitarian ideals.

j. Truth is the highest beauty, but it includes the view that morality penetrates all things.

k. With regard to literary criticism, Howells felt that the literary critic should not try to impose arbitrary or subjective evaluations on books but should follow the detached scientist in accurate description, interpretation, and classification.

(2) Works

a. The Rise of Silas Lapham

b. A Chance Acquaintance

c. A Modern Instance

(3) Features of His Works

a. Optimistic tone

b. Moral development/ethics

c. Lacking of psychological depth

2. Henry James

(1) Life

(2) Literary career: three stages

a. 1865~1882: international theme

l The American

l Daisy Miller

l The Portrait of a Lady

b. 1882~1895: inter-personal relationships and some plays

l Daisy Miller (play)

c. 1895~1900: novellas and tales dealing with childhood and adolescence, then back to international theme

l The Turn of the Screw

l When Maisie Knew

l The Ambassadors

l The Wings of the Dove

l The Golden Bowl

(3) Aesthetic ideas

a. The aim of novel: represent life

b. Common, even ugly side of life

c. Social function of art

d. Avoiding omniscient point of view

(4) Point of view

a. Psychological analysis, forefather of stream of consciousness

b. Psychological realism

c. Highly-refined language

(5) Style – “stylist”

a. Language: highly-refined, polished, insightful, accurate

b. Vocabulary: large

c. Construction: complicated, intricate

3. Mark Twain (see next section)

Local Colorism

1860s, 1870s~1890s

I. Appearance

1. uneven development in economy in America

2. culture: flourishing of frontier literature, humourists

3. magazines appeared to let writer publish their works

II. What is “Local Colour”?

Tasks of local colourists: to write or present local characters of their regions in truthful depiction distinguished from others, usually a very small part of the world.

Regional literature (similar, but larger in world)

l Garland, Harte – the west

l Eggleston – Indiana

l Mrs Stowe

l Jewett – Maine

l Chopin – Louisiana

III. Mark Twain – Mississippi

1. life

2. works

(1) The Gilded Age

(2) “the two advantages”

(3) Life on the Mississippi

(4) A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur’s Court

(5) The Man That Corrupted Hardleybug

3. style

(1) colloquial language, vernacular language, dialects

(2) local colour

(3) syntactic feature: sentences are simple, brief, sometimes ungrammatical

(4) humour

(5) tall tales (highly exaggerated)

(6) social criticism (satire on the different ugly things in society)

IV. Comparison of the three “giants” of American Realism

1. Theme

Howells – middle class

James – upper class

Twain – lower class

2. Technique

Howells – smiling/genteel realism

James – psychological realism

Twain – local colourism and colloquialism

Chapter 4 American Naturalism

I. Background

1. Darwin’s theory: “natural selection”

2. Spenser’s idea: “social Darwinism”

3. French Naturalism: Zora

II. Features

1. environment and heredity

2. scientific accuracy and a lot of details

3. general tone: hopelessness, despair, gloom, ugly side of the society

III. significance

It prepares the way for the writing of 1920s’ “lost generation” and T. S. Eliot.

IV. Theodore Dreiser

1. life

2. works

(1) Sister Carrie

(2) The trilogy: Financier, The Titan, The Stoic

(3) Jennie Gerhardt

(4) American Tragedy

(5) The Genius

3. point of view

(1) He embraced social Darwinism – survival of the fittest. He learned to regard man as merely an animal driven by greed and lust in a struggle for existence in which only the “fittest”, the most ruthless, survive.

(2) Life is predatory, a “game” of the lecherous and heartless, a jungle struggle in which man, being “a waif and an interloper in Nature”, a “wisp in the wind of social forces”, is a mere pawn in the general scheme of things, with no power whatever to assert his will.

(3) No one is ethically free; everything is determined by a complex of internal chemisms and by the forces of social pressure.

4. Sister Carrie

(1) Plot

(2) Analysis

5. Style

(1) Without good structure

(2) Deficient characterization

(3) Lack in imagination

(4) Journalistic method

(5) Techniques in painting

Chapter 5 The Modern Period

Section 1 The 1920s

I. Introduction

The 1920s is a flowering period of American literature. It is considered “the second renaissance” of American literature.

The nicknames for this period:

(1) Roaring 20s – comfort

(2) Dollar Decade – rich

(3) Jazz Age – Jazz music

II. Background

1. First World War – “a war to end all wars”

(1) Economically: became rich from WWI. Economic boom: new inventions. Highly-consuming society.

(2) Spiritually: dislocation, fragmentation.

2. wide-spread contempt for law (looking down upon law)

3. Freud’s theory

III. Features of the literature

Writers: three groups

(1) Participants

(2) Expatriates

(3) Bohemian (unconventional way of life) – on-lookers

Two areas:

(1) Failure of communication of Americans

(2) Failure of the American society

Imagism

I. Background

Imagism was influenced by French symbolism, ancient Chinese poetry and Japanese literature “haiku”

II. Development: three stages

1. 1908~1909: London, Hulme

2. 1912~1914: England -> America, Pound

3. 1914~1917: Amy Lowell

III. What is an “image”?

An image is defined by Pound as that which presents an intellectual and emotional complex in an instant of time, “a vortex or cluster of fused ideas” “endowed with energy”. The exact word must bring the effect of the object before the reader as it had presented itself to the poet’s mind at the time of writing.

IV. Principles

1. Direct treatment of the “thing”, whether subjective or objective;

2. To use absolutely no word that does not contribute to the presentation;

3. As regarding rhythm, to compose in the sequence of the musical phrase, not in the sequence of a metronome.

V. Significance

1. It was a rebellion against the traditional poetics which failed to reflect the new life of the new century.

2. It offered a new way of writing which was valid not only for the Imagist poets but for modern poetry as a whole.

3. The movement was a training school in which many great poets learned their first lessons in the poetic art.

4. It is this movement that helped to open the first pages of modern English and American poetry.

VI. Ezra Pound

1. life

2. literary career

3. works

(1) Cathay

(2) Cantos

(3) Hugh Selwyn Mauberley

4. point of view

(1) Confident in Pound’s belief that the artist was morally and culturally the arbiter and the “saviour” of the race, he took it upon himself to purify the arts and became the prime mover of a few experimental movements, the aim of which was to dump the old into the dustbin and bring forth something new.

(2) To him life was sordid personal crushing oppression, and culture produced nothing but “intangible bondage”.

(3) Pound sees in Chinese history and the doctrine of Confucius a source of strength and wisdom with which to counterpoint Western gloom and confusion.

(4) He saw a chaotic world that wanted setting to rights, and a humanity, suffering from spiritual death and cosmic injustice, that needed saving. He was for the most part of his life trying to offer Confucian philosophy as the one faith which could help to save the West.

5. style: very difficult to read

Pound’s early poems are fresh and lyrical. The Cantos can be notoriously difficult in some sections, but delightfully beautiful in others. Few have made serious study of the long poem; fewer, if anyone at all, have had the courage to declare that they have conquered Pound; and many seem to agree that the Cantos is a monumental failure.

6. Contribution

He has helped, through theory and practice, to chart out the course of modern poetry.

7. The Cantos – “the intellectual diary since 1915”

Features:

(1) Language: intricate and obscure

(2) Theme: complex subject matters

(3) Form: no fixed framework, no central theme, no attention to poetic rules

VII. T. S. Eliot

1. life

2. works

(1) poems

l The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock

l The Waste Land (epic)

l Hollow Man

l Ash Wednesday

l Four Quarters

(2) Plays

l Murder in the Cathedral

l Sweeney Agonistes

l The Cocktail Party

l The Confidential Clerk

(3) Critical essays

l The Sacred Wood

l Essays on Style and Order

l Elizabethan Essays

l The Use of Poetry and The Use of Criticisms

l After Strange Gods

3. point of view

(1) The modern society is futile and chaotic.

(2) Only poets can create some order out of chaos.

(3) The method to use is to compare the past and the present.

4. Style

(1) Fresh visual imagery, flexible tone and highly expressive rhythm

(2) Difficult and disconnected images and symbols, quotations and allusions

(3) Elliptical structures, strange juxtapositions, an absence of bridges

5. The Waste Land: five parts

(1) The Burial of the Dead

(2) A Game of Chess

(3) The Fire Sermon

(4) Death by Water

(5) What the Thunder Said

VIII. Robert Frost

1. life

2. point of view

(1) All his life, Frost was concerned with constructions through poetry. “a momentary stay against confusion”.

(2) He understands the terror and tragedy in nature, but also its beauty.

(3) Unlike the English romantic poets of 19th century, he didn’t believe that man could find harmony with nature. He believed that serenity came from working, usually amid natural forces, which couldn’t be understood. He regarded work as “significant toil”.

3. works – poems

the first: A Boy’s Will

collections: North of Boston, Mountain Interval (mature), New Hampshire

4. style/features of his poems

(1) Most of his poems took New England as setting, and the subjects were chosen from daily life of ordinary people, such as “mending wall”, “picking apples”.

(2) He writes most often about landscape and people – the loneliness and poverty of isolated farmers, beauty, terror and tragedy in nature. He also describes some abnormal people, e.g. “deceptively simple”, “philosophical poet”.

(3) Although he was popular during 1920s, he didn’t experiment like other modern poets. He used conventional forms, plain language, traditional metre, and wrote in a pastured tradition.

IX. e. e. cummings

“a juggler with syntax, grammar and diction” – individualism, “painter poet”

Novels in the 1920s

I. F. Scott Fitzgerald

1. life – participant in 1920s

2. works

(1) This Side of Paradise

(2) Flappers and Philosophers

(3) The Beautiful and the Damned

(4) The Great Gatsby

(5) Tender is the Night

(6) All the Sad Young Man

(7) The Last Tycoon

3. point of view

(1) He expressed what the young people believed in the 1920s, the so-called “American Dream” is false in nature.

(2) He had always been critical of the rich and tried to show the integrating effects of money on the emotional make-up of his character. He found that wealth altered people’s characters, making them mean and distrusted. He thinks money brought only tragedy and remorse.

(3) His novels follow a pattern: dream – lack of attraction – failure and despair.

4. His ideas of “American Dream”

It is false to most young people. Only those who were dishonest could become rich.

5. Style

Fitzgerald was one of the great stylists in American literature. His prose is smooth, sensitive, and completely original in its diction and metaphors. Its simplicity and gracefulness, its skill in manipulating the relation between the general and the specific reveal his consummate artistry.

6. The Great Gatsby

Narrative point of view – Nick

He is related to everyone in the novel and is calm and detected observer who is never quick to make judgements.

Selected omniscient point of view

II. Ernest Hemingway

1. life

2. point of view (influenced by experience in war)

(1) He felt that WWI had broken America’s culture and traditions, and separated from its roots. He wrote about men and women who were isolated from tradition, frightened, sometimes ridiculous, trying to find their own way.

(2) He condemned war as purposeless slaughter, but the attitude changed when he took part in Spanish Civil War when he found that fascism was a cause worth fighting for.

(3) He wrote about courage and cowardice in battlefield. He defined courage as “an instinctive movement towards or away from the centre of violence with self-preservation and self-respect, the mixed motive”. He also talked about the courage with which to face tragedies of life that can never be remedied.

(4) Hemingway is essentially a negative writer. It is very difficult for him to say “yes”. He holds a black, naturalistic view of the world and sees it as “all a nothing” and “all nada”.

3. works

(1) In Our Time

(2) Men Without Women

(3) Winner Take Nothing

(4) The Torrents of Spring

(5) The Sun Also Rises

(6) A Farewell to Arms

(7) Death in the Afternoon

(8) To Have and Have Not

(9) Green Hills of Africa

(10) The Fifth Column

(11) For Whom the Bell Tolls

(12) Across the River and into the Trees

(13) The Old Man and the Sea

4. themes – “grace under pressure”

(1) war and influence of war on people, with scenes connected with hunting, bull fighting which demand stamina and courage, and with the question “how to live with pain”, “how human being live gracefully under pressure”.

(2) “code hero”

The Hemingway hero is an average man of decidedly masculine tastes, sensitive and intelligent, a man of action, and one of few words. That is an individualist keeping emotions under control, stoic and self-disciplined in a dreadful place. These people are usually spiritual strong, people of certain skills, and most of them encounter death many times.

5. style

(1) simple and natural

(2) direct, clear and fresh

(3) lean and economical

(4) simple, conversational, common found, fundamental words

(5) simple sentences

(6) Iceberg principle: understatement, implied things

(7) Symbolism

III. Sinclair Lewis – “the worst important writer in American literature”

1. life

2. works

(1) Main Street

(2) Babbitt

(3) Arrowsmith

(4) Dodsworth

(5) Elmer Gantry

3. point of view – satirical critic of American middle class

(1) Lewis showed the villagers to be narrow-minded, greedy, pretentious and corrupt.

(2) He attacked middle class for its indifference to art and culture, and its assumption that economic success made it superior.

4. style

(1) photographic, verisimilitude

(2) colloquialism

(3) characterization: he often created a type of character rather than an individual

(4) old fashioned in theme

(5) lack in psychological exploration

IV. Willa Cather

1. life

2. works

(1) Alexander’s Bridge

(2) O Pioneers

(3) The Song of the Lark

(4) My Antonia

3. features of her works

(1) She was one of the few “uneasy survivors of the nineteenth century”. Hanging onto the traditional values, she was never able to come to terms with modernity.

(2) Old west becomes in most of her novels the centre of moral reference against which modern existence is measured.

(3) She withdraws in her later fiction into the historical past.

(4) She often uses women protagonists in her novels.

Southern Literature

I. Heritage

American southern literature can date back to Edgar Allen Poe, and reach its summit with the appearance of the two “giants” – Faulkner and Wolfe. There are southern women writers – Katherine Anne Porter, Eudora Welty, and Flannery O’Connor.

II. Southern Myths – guilt, failure, poverty

1. Chevalier heritage

2. Agrarian virtue

3. Plantation aristocracy

4. Lost cause

5. White supremacy

6. Purity of womanhood

Southern literature: twisted, pessimistic, violent, distorted

Gothic novel: Poe

III. William Faulkner

1. life

2. literary career: three stages

(1) 1924~1929: training as a writer

l The Marble Faun

l Soldier’s Pay

l Mosquitoes

(2) 1929~1936: most productive and prolific period

l Sartoris

l The Sound and the Fury

l As I Lay Dying

l Light in August

l Absalom, Absalom

(3) 1940~end: won recognition in America

l Go Down, Moses

3. point of view

He generally shows a grim picture of human society where violence and cruelty are frequently included, but his later works showed more optimism. His intention was to show the evil, harsh events in contrast to such eternal virtues as love, honour, pity, compassion, self-sacrifice, and thereby expose the faults of society. He felt that it was a writer’s duty to remind his readers constantly of true values and virtues.

4. themes

(1) history and race

He explains the present by examining the past, by telling the stories of several generations of family to show how history changes life. He was interested in the relationship between blacks and whites, especially concerned about the problems of the people who were of the mixed race of black and white, unacceptable to both races.

(2) Deterioration

(3) Conflicts between generations, classes, races, man and environment

(4) Horror, violence and the abnormal

5. style/features of his works

(1) complex plot

(2) stream of consciousness

(3) multiple point of view, circular form

(4) violation of chronology

(5) courtroom rhetoric: formal language

(6) characterization: he was able to probe into the psychology of characters

(7) “anti-hero”: weak, fable, vulnerable (true people in modern society)

He has a group of women writers following him, including O’Connor and Eudora Welty

Section 2 The 1930s

Radical 1930s

I. Background

Great Depression (1929 “Black Thursday”)

II. Literature

1. Writers of the 1920s were still writing, but they didn’t produce good works.

2. The main stream is left-oriented.

III. Writers of 1930s

1. social concern and social involvement

2. revival of naturalistic tradition of Dreiser and Norris

IV. John Steinbeck

1. life

2. works

(1) Cup of Gold

(2) Tortilla Flat

(3) In Dubious Battle

(4) Of Mice and Men

(5) The Grapes of Wrath

(6) Travels with Charley

(7) Short stories: The Red Pony, The Pearl

3. point of view

(1) His best writing was produced out of outrage at the injustices of the societies, and by the admirations for the strong spirit of the poor.

(2) His theme was usually simple human virtues, such as kindness and fair treatment, which were far superior to the dehumanizing cruelty of exploiters.

4. style

(1) poetic prose

(2) regional dialect

(3) characterization: many types of characters rather than individuals

(4) dramatic factors

(5) social protect: spokesman for the poverty-stricken people

5. The Grapes of Wrath

Chapter 6 The Post-War Period: 50s & 60s

I. Historical Background – multi-faceted

1. Cold War

2. McCarthyism (persecution of communists)

3. Korean War

4. Civil Rights Movement

5. Counter-culture Movement – political, economical and military achievement

II. Literature in the 1950s

1. Regional literature emerged from the south, etc. Many women writers appeared.

2. Dramatists wrote about everyday people, e.g. Arthur Miller.

3. Minority literature developed quickly.

III. Literature in the 1960s

This period is the rising period of post-modern literature. Many forms of post-modern fiction appeared, such as metafiction, surfiction, parafiction, self-reflexive fiction, self-begetting fiction, anti-novel, etc. The literature in this period is considered as “multi-cultural” literature. The same mood in this period is despair, but continuing to search absurdity of modern life; lonely, but searching for the meaning of existence; identity.

Section 1 Poetry

I. Features

1. Some poets found inspiration in the past.

2. Poetry became more attuned to political and social issues of the period.

3. Poets became more visible in American public life.

4. There was no prescribed form for poetry.

5. Poets became more political. Themes such as homosexuality, racism, etc. are included in the poems. In 1960s, poetry became more and more political.

II. Schools of Poetry (time, representatives, major features)

1. Confessional Poets: Robert Lowell

The greatness of Lowell lies in the fact that, in talking candidly about himself, he is examining the culture of his nation. The identification of personal experience with that of an age has always ensured greatness and even immortality as it did.

2. Black Mountain Poets: Charles Olson

There is an emphasis on the importance of the moments of awareness. It portrays a world of “awakened, contemplative awareness”, one in which civilization appears alien, cold, and almost unreal.

3. Beat Generation: Alien Ginsberg

In the fifties, there was a widespread discontentment among the post-war generation, whose voice was one of protest against all the mainstream culture America had come to represent.

Section 2 Fiction

I. General Features

1. matter of fact

2. frank, amazingly detailed about war experiences

3. lacking social consciousness

II. Overview

1. Post-war Realism: Cheever, Oates

2. Black Novel: Richard Wlight, Ralph Ellison, James Baldwin, Malcolm, Leroi Jones

3. Jewish Novel: Saul Bellow

III. Post-War Realism

1. Features

(1) Naturalistic depiction has become explicit: old-fashioned realism is combined with modernism.

(2) While following the realistic and naturalistic tradition, these writers borrowed various experimental forms and techniques in probing the inner world in detail.

(3) It has been a search for a way to connect an oppressed response to society and history and an awareness of individual loneliness.

2. J. D. Salinger

(1) Life

(2) Point of view

One of his frequent themes is young people longing for simplicity and truth instead of complexity and hypocrisy of the life they observed around them. In his novels, he questions the moral foundations of society and often places innocent idealist characters in setting where a vicious, corrupt society could destroy them. Although his stories are often pessimistic, the characters represent hope rather than despair. They want to affirm truth. They deplore the lies with which the society conceals its own corruption. They withdraw the society, become drop-outs rather than participants in the society.

(3) Catcher in the Rye

IV. Black Humour

1. definition: to deal with tragic things in comic ways to make it more powerful and more tragic.

It refers to the use of morbid and absurd for darkly comic purpose. It carries the tone of anger, bitterness in the grotesque situation of suffering, anxiety, and death. It makes the reader laugh at the blackness of modern life. The writers usually do not laugh at the characters.

2. Features

(1) Comic way to express tragic situations

(2) Creation of anti-hero

(3) Illogical narrative structure

3. Joseph Heller

(1) Life

(2) Catch-22

It is not only a war novel, but also a novel about people’s life in peaceful time. This novel attacked the dehumanization of all contemporary institutions and corruptions of individuals who gain power in institutions. Armed-forces are the most outrageous example of the two evils.

Language: circular conversation, wrenched cliché

Jewish Literature

I. Definition

Jewish literature refers to published creative writings by American Jews about their American experiences. This kind of writings is shown in Jewish perspective.

II. Historical Background

III. Emergence: after WWII

IV. Jewish Point of View

1. Jews believe that God has sent perpetual sufferings to his chosen people to strengthen and purify them, and they are the “chosen people”.

2. Humour is a prominent aspect of Jewish point of view. It is often a twisted kind of comedy to keep them from despair. Jews are able to laugh at themselves, so some of their best humour is self-mocking.

3. Jews lay emphasis upon the power of intellects. The power to understand their own experience to judge their own life rationally to think well is considered a high virtue.

4. Self-teaching is at the heart of almost all Jewish novels. The Jewish heroes often try to seek a rational interpretation of the world through their own experience in it.

V. Saul Bellow

1. life

2. works

(1) Dangling Man

(2) The Adventures of Augie March

(3) Henderson the Rain King

(4) Herzog

(5) Mr. Sammler’s Planet

(6) Humboldt’s Gift

(7) The Dean’s December

3. point of view

(1) Saul Bellow’s strength lies in his faith in man and man’s ability to offer a “spirited resistance to the forces of our time”. As he sees it, modern man has lived through frustration and defeat, managed to grapple with destructive historical pressures, and striven for “certain durable human goods” – truth, freedom, and wisdom.

(2) He is highly critical of modern life in which the old value system is no longer functioning. His major characters are all concerned to find a way that would keep American civilization from going under. They body forth Bellow’s credo that art has “something to do with the achievement of stillness in the midst of chaos”, and that “a novelist begins with disorder and disharmony and goes toward order by an unknown process of the imagination”.

4. characteristics of his heroes

Most of Saul Bellow’s heroes are marginal men, alienated or absurd characters caught between their nwn inadequacies and those imposed upon them by their friends and society. Most of them are Jewish intellectuals or writers who try to discover the queerness of existence and overcome it. Struggling with the impersonality of the physical world, agonized by their own awareness of morality, his protagonists laugh at their own deficiency with irony because it relieves despair. The hunger for community, yet they hold back because that world have to betray the sanctity of their private self in order to achieve it.

5. style: realism + modernism

Chapter 7 American Drama

I. Brief Introduction

1. 17th century

l Ye Bare and Ye Cubb (1665) by William Darby

2. 18th century

l American subjects began to be treated seriously. The first tragedy is The Contrast (1787) by Royal Tyler. It is considered “typical American play” about American soldiers.

3. 19th century

l poetical plays, esp in the first half of a group of playwrights

l after civil war: realism, melodrama, emotional incidents (domestic melodrama), with simple plots

4. 20th century

separation from the old tradition

l 1920s: “Little Theatre Movement” began after 1912, Washington Square Players, Provincetown Players (New York City, Greenage Village). They are freed from the conventional theatre and can be as experimental as they like.

l 1930s: Eugene O’Neil, Clifford Odets

l Post-war: second climax of American drama, Arthur Miller: Death of a Salesman

l 60s: Theatre of the Absurd, Edward Albee

II. Eugene O’Neil

1. life

2. works

(1) Bound East for Cardiff

(2) Beyond the Horizon

(3) The Emperor Jones

(4) The Hairy Ape

(5) Desire under the Elms

(6) The Iceman Cometh

(7) Long Day’s Journey into Night

3. point of view

His purpose is to get the root of human desires and frustrations. He showed most characters in his plays as seeking meaning and purpose in their lives, some through love, some through religion, some through revenge, all met disappointment. The characters seem to share O’Neil’s perplexities of human nature. As a result of his tragic and nihilistic view of life, his works, in general, indicated chaos and hopelessness.

4. The Hairy Ape

Yank

5. style

(1) O’Neil was a tireless experimentalist in dramatic art. He paid little attention tn the division of scenes. He introduced the realistic or even the naturalistic into the American theatre.

(2) He borrowed freely from the best traditions of European drama, especially the stream of consciousness.

(3) He made use of setting and stage property to help in his dramatic representation.

(4) He wrote long introduction and directions for all the scenes, explaining the mood and atmosphere.

(5) He sometimes wrote the actors’ lines in dialect.

6. His position

He was the first playwright to explore serious themes in theatre. With him, American drama developed into a form of literature. And in him, American drama came of age (mature). He came only after Shakespeare and Bernard Shaw in the world of drama.

III. Tennessee Williams

1. life

2. point of view and themes

He writes about violence, sex, homosexuality (taboos in drama). Some of his plays rooted in southern social scene. The characters are often unhappy wanderers; lonely, vulnerable women indulged in memory of the past or illusion of the future. He was attracted to bizarre characters and their predicament. He looked deeply into the psychology of the outcasts of society. He saw life a game which cannot be won. Almost all his characters are defeated.

3. his plays

(1) The Glass Menagerie

(2) A Streetcar Named Desire

(3) Summer and Smoke

(4) Cat on a Hot Tin Roof

4. style

(1) combination of coarseness and poetry

(2) vivid southern speech

(3) He helped to break taboos, long imposed on the American literature.

IV. Arthur Miller

1. life

2. theme: dilemma of modern man in relation to family and work

3. his plays

(1) The Man Who Had All the Luck

(2) All My Sons

(3) Death of a Salesman

(4) The Crucible

(5) A View for the Bridge

V. Theatre of the Absurd

1. introduction: existentialist philosophy, mainly in Europe

2. four founders: Samuel Beckett, Eugene Ionesco, Jean Genet, Arthur Adamov

3. What is “absurd”?

Humorous and meaningless

4. features

(1) The basic assumption: human life lacks coherence and is chaotic. Life operates without any rules.

(2) The world is meaningless, so the play appears meaningless.

(3) It examines the problems of life and death, of isolation and communication.

(4) It satirizes people who are unaware of the ultimate reality (death).

(5) In absurd drama, situation is more important than characters and events. The dramatist wants to show people what their situation in their life is. Therefore, he constructs a play which presents a picture of the universal situation. One result of these is that the characters are often comic and humorous.

5. Edward Albee

(1) Life

(2) Works

a. Zoo Story

b. Who’s Afraid of Virginia Woolf?

Chapter 8 Black American Literature

I. Overview

Negro – coloured (legally free) – black (after civil rights movement)

1. oral tradition

(1) songs and ballads

(2) spirituals: sorrow of the singers’ earlier condition and longing for freedom

(3) blues: after civil war, derived from work songs – loneliness, separation, losses, wonderings, love, desperation, sense of doom

(4) jazz: after WWI, developed from blues, died out in the Great Depression

2. written literature (from 1760s)

(1) poetry: religious, enduring, patient to the white

(2) slave narrative: autobiographical experience of the person

(3) 1920s: Harlem Renaissance – New York, black – black dialect and black folklore – “the new negro” – representatives: Langston Hughes (“black poet laureate”), Huston, Claude McKay

(4) 1940s: Richard Wright, Ralph Ellison

(5) 50s~60s: a lot of black writers emerged in the civil rights movement: James Baldwin, Brooks, Jones

(6) 70s~80s: publishing of “Root” (Alex Haley), Walker – “The Colour Purple”, Morrison (the second woman writer and the only black who won Nobel Prize)

II. Richard Wright

1. life

2. works

(1) Uncle Tom’s Children: Four Novellas

(2) Native Son

(3) Black Boy

(4) The Outsider (the first novel of existentialism in America, published in France)

3. themes and subjects

His common theme is to condemn racism, urge reform, criticize evils of society. His books focus on racial conflict and physical violence. They review the devastating effect of institutionalized hatred (hatred brought by social system) and humiliation on black males’ psyche. They affirmed dignity and humility of society’s outcasts.

4. writing techniques – realism, naturalism

He tries to show that people cannot escape from society. Therefore, society must be changed. He is a father figure, especially to the writers of violence.

III. Ralph Ellison

1. life

2. works: Invisible Man

significance: It has a universality of theme (problems of all modern people), not only regional dilemma of existence.

3. attitude: complexity of art – the best art makes good politics, not vice versa.

IV. James Baldwin

1. life

2. works

(1) Go Tell It on the Mountain

(2) Notes of a Native Son

(3) Nobody Knows My Name

(4) The Fire Next Time

3. point of view

Baldwin calls for the blacks to resort to means including force so as to bring about the nation’s self-realization. He saw love and understanding as difficult but necessary way to overcome racial conflict.

4. themes: race, homosexuality

V. Alice Walker

1. life

2. works

(1) Once (a collection of poems)

(2) In Search of Our Mothers’ Gardens (“womanism” instead of feminism)

(3) The Colour Purple (epistolary)

VI. Toni Morrison

1. life

2. works

(1) The Bluest Eye

(2) Sula

(3) Song of Solomon (the best black novel after Native Son and Invisible Man)

(4) Tar Baby

(5) Beloved

(6) Jazz

(7) Love (trilogy)

3. themes: love, guilt, history, individual, gender, race, religion

4. purpose: to empower the black people to act for themselves, to recognize for their own world, own history, own reality

style – many kinds of factors: naturalism, realism, fantasy, reality, magical realism

英国文学简史笔记

hjenglish.com 1063 11-28

A Concise History of British Literature

Chapter 1 English Literature of Anglo-Saxon Period

I. Introduction

1. The historical background

(1) Before the Germanic invasion

(2) During the Germanic invasion

a. immigration;

b. Christianity;

c. heptarchy.

d. social classes structure: hide-hundred; eoldermen (lord) – thane - middle class (freemen) - lower class (slave or bondmen: theow);

e. social organization: clan or tribes.

f. military Organization;

g. Church function: spirit, civil service, education;

h. economy: coins, trade, slavery;

i. feasts and festival: Halloween, Easter; j. legal system.

2. The Overview of the culture

(1) The mixture of pagan and Christian spirit.

(2) Literature: a. poetry: two types; b. prose: two figures.

II. Beowulf.

1. A general introduction.

2. The content.

3. The literary features.

(1) the use of alliteration

(2) the use of metaphors and understatements

(3) the mixture of pagan and Christian elements

III. The Old English Prose

1. What is prose?

2. figures

(1) The Venerable Bede

(2) Alfred the Great

Chapter 2 English Literature of the Late Medieval Ages

I. Introduction

1. The Historical Background.

(1) The year 1066: Norman Conquest.

(2) The social situations soon after the conquest.

A. Norman nobles and serfs;

B. restoration of the church.

(3) The 11th century.

A. the crusade and knights.

B. dominance of French and Latin;

(4) The 12th century.

A. the centralized government;

B. kings and the church (Henry II and Thomas);

(5) The 13th century.

A. The legend of Robin Hood;

B. Magna Carta (1215);

C. the beginning of the Parliament

D. English and Latin: official languages (the end)

(6) The 14th century.

a. the House of Lords and the House of Commons—conflict between the Parliament and Kings;

b. the rise of towns.

c. the change of Church.

d. the role of women.

e. the Hundred Years’ War—starting.

f. the development of the trade: London.

g. the Black Death.

h. the Peasants’ Revolt—1381.

i. The translation of Bible by Wycliff.

(7) The 15th century.

a. The Peasants Revolt (1453)

b. The War of Roses between Lancasters and Yorks.

c. the printing-press—William Caxton.

d. the starting of Tudor Monarchy(1485)

2. The Overview of Literature.

(1) the stories from the Celtic lands of Wales and Brittany—great myths of the Middle Ages.

(2) Geoffrye of Monmouth—Historia Regum Britanniae—King Authur.

(3) Wace—Le Roman de Brut.

(4) The romance.

(5) the second half of the 14th century: Langland, Gawin poet, Chaucer.

II. Sir Gawin and Green Knight.

1. a general introduction.

2. the plot.

III. William Langland.

1. Life

2. Piers the Plowman

IV. Chaucer

1. Life

2. Literary Career: three periods

(1) French period

(2) Italian period

(3) master period

3. The Canterbury Tales

A. The Framework;

B. The General Prologue;

C. The Tale Proper.

4. His Contribution.

(1) He introduced from France the rhymed stanza of various types.

(2) He is the first great poet who wrote in the current English language.

(3) The spoken English of the time consisted of several dialects, and Chaucer did much in making the dialect of London the standard for the modern English speech.

V. Popular Ballads.

VI. Thomas Malory and English Prose

VII. The beginning of English Drama.

1. Miracle Plays.

Miracle play or mystery play is a form of medieval drama that came from dramatization of the liturgy of the Roman Catholic Church. It developed from the 10th to the 16th century, reaching its height in the 15th century. The simple lyric character of the early texts was enlarged by the addition of dialogue and dramatic action. Eventually the performance was moved to the churchyard and the marketplace.

2. Morality Plays.

A morality play is a play enforcing a moral truth or lesson by means of the speech and action of characters which are personified abstractions – figures representing vices and virtues, qualities of the human mind, or abstract conceptions in general.

3. Interlude.

The interlude, which grew out of the morality, was intended, as its name implies, to be used more as a filler than as the main part of an entertainment. As its best it was short, witty, simple in plot, suited for the diversion of guests at a banquet, or for the relaxation of the audience between the divisions of a serious play. It was essentially an indoors performance, and generally of an aristocratic nature.

Chapter 3 English Literature in the Renaissance

I. A Historical Background

II. The Overview of the Literature (1485-1660)

Printing press—readership—growth of middle class—trade-education for laypeople-centralization of power-intellectual life-exploration-new impetus and direction of literature.

Humanism-study of the literature of classical antiquity and reformed education.

Literary style-modeled on the ancients.

The effect of humanism-the dissemination of the cultivated, clear, and sensible attitude of its classically educated adherents.

1. poetry

The first tendency by Sidney and Spenser: ornate, florid, highly figured style.

The second tendency by Donne: metaphysical style—complexity and ingenuity.

The third tendency by Johnson: reaction--Classically pure and restrained style.

The fourth tendency by Milton: central Christian and Biblical tradition.

2. Drama

a. the native tradition and classical examples.

b. the drama stands highest in popular estimation: Marlowe – Shakespeare – Jonson.

3. Prose

a. translation of Bible;

b. More;

c. Bacon.

II. English poetry.

1. Sir Thomas Wyatt and Henry Howard (courtly makers)

(1) Wyatt: introducing sonnets.

(2) Howard: introducing sonnets and writing the first blank verse.

2. Sir Philip Sidney—poet, critic, prose writer

(1) Life:

a. English gentleman;

b. brilliant and fascinating personality;

c. courtier.

(2) works

a. Arcadia: pastoral romance;

b. Astrophel and Stella (108): sonnet sequence to Penelope Dvereux—platonic devotion.

Petrarchan conceits and original feelings-moving to creativeness—building of a narrative story; theme-love originality-act of writing.

c. Defense of Poesy: an apology for imaginative literature—beginning of literary criticism.

3. Edmund Spenser

(1) life: Cambridge - Sidney’s friend - “Areopagus” – Ireland - Westminster Abbey.

(2) works

a. The Shepherds Calendar: the budding of English poetry in Renaissance.

b. Amoretti and Epithalamion: sonnet sequence

c. Faerie Queene:

l The general end--A romantic and allegorical epic—steps to virtue.

l 12 books and 12 virtues: Holiness, temperance, justice and courtesy.

l Two-level function: part of the story and part of allegory (symbolic meaning)

l Many allusions to classical writers.

l Themes: puritanism, nationalism, humanism and Renaissance Neoclassicism—a Christian humanist.

(3) Spenserian Stanza.

III. English Prose

1. Thomas More

(1) Life: “Renaissance man”, scholar, statesman, theorist, prose writer, diplomat, patron of arts

a. learned Greek at Canterbury College, Oxford;

b. studies law at Lincoln Inn;

c. Lord Chancellor;

d. beheaded.

(2) Utopia: the first English science fiction.

Written in Latin, two parts, the second—place of nowhere.

A philosophical mariner (Raphael Hythloday) tells his voyages in which he discovers a land-Utopia.

a. The part one is organized as dialogue with mariner depicting his philosophy.

b. The part two is a description of the island kingdom where gold and silver are worn by criminal, religious freedom is total and no one owns anything.

c. the nature of the book: attacking the chief political and social evils of his time.

d. the book and the Republic: an attempt to describe the Republic in a new way, but it possesses an modern character and the resemblance is in externals.

e. it played a key role in the Humanist awakening of the 16th century which moved away from the Medieval otherworldliness towards Renaissance secularism.

f. the Utopia

(3) the significance.

a. it was the first champion of national ideas and national languages; it created a national prose, equally adapted to handling scientific and artistic material.

b. a elegant Latin scholar and the father of English prose: he composed works in English, translated from Latin into English biography, wrote History of Richard III.

2. Francis Bacon: writer, philosopher and statesman

(1) life: Cambridge - humanism in Paris – knighted - Lord Chancellor – bribery - focusing on philosophy and literature.

(2) philosophical ideas: advancement of science—people:servants and interpreters of nature—method: a child before nature—facts and observations: experimental.

(3) “Essays”: 57.

a. he was a master of numerous and varied styles.

b. his method is to weigh and balance maters, indicating the ideal course of action and the practical one, pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of each, but leaving the reader to make the final decisions. (arguments)

IV. English Drama

1. A general survey.

(1) Everyman marks the beginning of modern drama.

(2) two influences.

a. the classics: classical in form and English in content;

b. native or popular drama.

(3) the University Wits.

2. Christopher Marlowe: greatest playwright before Shakespeare and most gifted of the Wits.

(1) Life: first interested in classical poetry—then in drama.

(2) Major works

a. Tamburlaine;

b. The Jew of Malta;

c. The Tragical History of Doctor Faustus.

(3) The significance of his plays.

V. William Shakespeare

1. Life

(1) 1564, Stratford-on-Avon;

(2) Grammar School;

(3) Queen visit to Castle;

(4) marriage to Anne Hathaway;

(5) London, the Globe Theatre: small part and proprietor;

(6) the 1st Folio, Quarto;

(7) Retired, son—Hamnet; H. 1616.

2. Dramatic career

3. Major plays-men-centered.

(1) Romeo and Juliet--tragic love and fate

(2) The Merchant of Venice.

Good over evil.

Anti-Semitism.

(3) Henry IV.

National unity.

Falstaff.

(4) Julius Caesar

Republicanism vs. dictatorship.

(5) Hamlet

Revenge

Good/evil.

(6) Othello

Diabolic character

jealousy

gap between appearance and reality.

(7) King Lear

Filial ingratitude

(8) Macbeth

Ambition vs. fate.

(9) Antony and Cleopatra.

Passion vs. reason

(10) The Tempest

Reconciliation; reality and illusion.

3. Non-dramatic poetry

(1) Venus and Adonis; The Rape of Lucrece.

(2) Sonnets:

a. theme: fair, true, kind.

b. two major parts: a handsome young man of noble birth; a lady in dark complexion.

c. the form: three quatrains and a couplet.

d. the rhyme scheme: abab, cdcd, efef, gg.

VI. Ben Jonson

1. life: poet, dramatist, a Latin and Greek scholar, the “literary king” (Sons of Ben)

2.contribution:

(1) the idea of “humour”.

(2) an advocate of classical drama and a forerunner of classicism in English literature.

3. Major plays

(1) Everyone in His Humour—”humour”; three unities.

(2) Volpone the Fox

Chapter 4 English Literature of the 17th Century

I. A Historical Background

II. The Overview of the Literature (1640-1688)

1. The revolution period

(1) The metaphysical poets;

(2) The Cavalier poets.

(3) Milton: the literary and philosophical heritage of the Renaissance merged with Protestant political and moral conviction

2. The restoration period.

(1) The restoration of Charles II ushered in a literature characterized by reason, moderation, good taste, deft management, and simplicity. (school of Ben Jonson)

(2) The ideals of impartial investigation and scientific experimentation promoted by the newly founded Royal Society of London for Improving Natural Knowledge (1662) were influential in the development of clear and simple prose as an instrument of rational communication.

(3) The great philosophical and political treatises of the time emphasize rationalism.

(4) The restoration drama.

(5) The Age of Dryden.

III. John Milton

1. Life: educated at Cambridge—visiting the continent—involved into the revolution—persecuted—writing epics.

2. Literary career.

(1) The 1st period was up to 1641, during which time he is to be seen chiefly as a son of the humanists and Elizabethans, although his Puritanism is not absent. L'Allegre and IL Pens eroso (1632) are his early masterpieces, in which we find Milton a true offspring of the Renaissance, a scholar of exquisite taste and rare culture. Next came Comus, a masque. The greatest of early creations was Lycidas, a pastoral elegy on the death of a college mate, Edward King.

(2) The second period is from 1641 to 1654, when the Puritan was in such complete ascendancy that he wrote almost no poetry. In 1641, he began a long period of pamphleteering for the puritan cause. For some 15 years, the Puritan in him alone ruled his writing. He sacrificed his poetic ambition to the call of the liberty for which Puritans were fighting.

(3) The third period is from 1655 to 1671, when humanist and Puritan have been fused into an exalted entity. This period is the greatest in his literary life, epics and some famous sonnets. The three long poems are the fruit of the long contest within Milton of Renaissance tradition and his Puritan faith. They form the greatest accomplishments of any English poet except Shakespeare. In Milton alone, it would seem, Puritanism could not extinguish the lover of beauty. In these works we find humanism and Puritanism merged in magnificence.

3. Major Works

(1) Paradise Lost

a. the plot.

b. characters.

c. theme: justify the ways of God to man.

(2) Paradise Regained.

(3) Samson Agonistes.

4. Features of Milton’s works.

(1) Milton is one of the very few truly great English writers who is also a prominent figure in politics, and who is both a great poet and an important prose writer. The two most essential things to be remembered about him are his Puritanism and his republicanism.

(2) Milton wrote many different types of poetry. He is especially a great master of blank verse. He learned much from Shakespeare and first used blank verse in non-dramatic works.

(3) Milton is a great stylist. He is famous for his grand style noted for its dignity and polish, which is the result of his life-long classical and biblical study.

(4) Milton has always been admired for his sublimity of thought and majesty of expression.

IV. John Bunyan

1. life:

(1) puritan age;

(2) poor family;

(3) parliamentary army;

(4) Baptist society, preacher;

(5) prison, writing the book.

2. The Pilgrim Progress

(1) The allegory in dream form.

(2) the plot.

(3) the theme.

V. Metaphysical Poets and Cavalier Poets.

1. Metaphysical Poets

The term “metaphysical poetry” is commonly used to designate the works of the 17th century writers who wrote under the influence of John Donne. Pressured by the harsh, uncomfortable and curious age, the metaphysical poets sought to shatter myths and replace them with new philosophies, new sciences, new words and new poetry. They tried to break away from the conventional fashion of Elizabethan love poetry, and favoured in poetry for a more colloquial language and tone, a tightness of expression and the single-minded working out of a theme or argument.

2. Cavalier Poets

The other group prevailing in this period was that of Cavalier poets. They were often courtiers who stood on the side of the king, and called themselves “sons” of Ben Jonson. The Cavalier poets wrote light poetry, polished and elegant, amorous and gay, but often superficial. Most of their verses were short songs, pretty madrigals, love fancies characterized by lightness of heart and of morals. Cavalier poems have the limpidity of the Elizabethan lyric without its imaginative flights. They are lighter and neater but less fresh than the Elizabethan’s.

VI. John Dryden.

1. Life:

(1) the representative of classicism in the Restoration.

(2) poet, dramatist, critic, prose writer, satirist.

(3) changeable in attitude.

(4) Literary career—four decades.

(5) Poet Laureate

2. His influences.

(1) He established the heroic couplet as the fashion for satiric, didactic, and descriptive poetry.

(2) He developed a direct and concise prose style.

(3) He developed the art of literary criticism in his essays and in the numerous prefaces to his poems.

Chapter 5 English Literature of the 18th Century

I. Introduction

1. The Historical Background.

2. The literary overview.

(1) The Enlightenment.

(2) The rise of English novels.

When the literary historian seeks to assign to each age its favourite form of literature, he finds no difficulty in dealing with our own time. As the Middle Ages delighted in long romantic narrative poems, the Elizabethans in drama, the Englishman of the reigns of Anne and the early Georges in didactic and satirical verse, so the public of our day is enamored of the novel. Almost all types of literary production continue to appear, but whether we judge from the lists of publishers, the statistics of public libraries, or general conversation, we find abundant evidence of the enormous preponderance of this kind of literary entertainment in popular favour.

(3) Neo-classicism: a revival in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries of classical standards of order, balance, and harmony in literature. John Dryden and Alexander Pope were major exponents of the neo-classical school.

(4) Satiric literature.

(5) Sentimentalism

II. Neo-classicism. (a general description)

1. Alexander Pope

(1) Life:

a. Catholic family;

b. ill health;

c. taught himself by reading and translating;

d. friend of Addison, Steele and Swift.

(2) three groups of poems:

e. An Essay on Criticism (manifesto of neo-classicism);

f. The Rape of Lock;

g. Translation of two epics.

(3) His contribution:

h. the heroic couplet—finish, elegance, wit, pointedness;

i.satire.

(4) weakness: lack of imagination.

2. Addison and Steele

(1) Richard Steele: poet, playwright, essayist, publisher of newspaper.

(2) Joseph Addison: studies at Oxford, secretary of state, created a literary periodical “Spectator” (with Steele, 1711)

(3) Spectator Club.

(4) The significance of their essays.

a. Their writings in “The Tatler”, and “The Spectator” provide a new code of social morality for the rising bourgeoisie.

b. They give a true picture of the social life of England in the 18th century.

c. In their hands, the English essay completely established itself as a literary genre. Using it as a form of character sketching and story telling, they ushered in the dawn of the modern novel.

3. Samuel Johnson—poet, critic, essayist, lexicographer, editor.

(1) Life:

a.studies at Oxford;

b. made a living by writing and translating;

c.the great cham of literature.

(2) works: poem (The Vanity of Human Wishes, London); criticism (The Lives of great Poets); preface.

(3) The champion of neoclassical ideas.

III. Literature of Satire: Jonathan Swift.

1. Life:

(1) born in Ireland;

(2) studies at Trinity College;

(3) worked as a secretary;

(4) the chief editor of The Examiner;

(5) the Dean of St. Patrick’s in Dublin.

2. Works: The Battle of Books, A Tale of a Tub, A Modest Proposal, Gulliver’s Travels.

3. Gulliver’s Travels.

Part I. Satire—the Whig and the Tories, Anglican Church and Catholic Church.

Part II. Satire—the legal system; condemnation of war.

Part III. Satire—ridiculous scientific experiment.

Part IV. Satire—mankind.

IV. English Novels of Realistic tradition.

1. The Rise of novels.

(1) Early forms: folk tale – fables – myths – epic – poetry – romances – fabliaux – novelle - imaginative nature of their material. (imaginative narrative)

(2) The rise of the novel

a.picaresque novel in Spain and England (16th century): Of or relating to a genre of prose fiction that originated in Spain and depicts in realistic detail the adventures of a roguish hero, often with satiric or humorous effects.

b. Sidney: Arcadia.

c. Addison and Steele: The Spectator.

(plot and characterization and realism)

(3) novel and drama (17the century)

2. Daniel Defoe—novelist, poet, pamphleteer, publisher, merchant, journalist.)

(1) Life:

a.business career;

b. writing career;

c.interested in politics.

(2) Robinson Cusoe.

a. the story.

b. the significance of the character.

c. the features of his novels.

d. the style of language.

3. Henry Fielding—novelist.

(1) Life:

a.unsuccessful dramatic career;

b. legal career; writing career.

(2) works.

(3) Tom Jones.

a.the plot;

b. characters: Tom, Blifil, Sophia;

c.significance.

(4) the theory of realism.

(5) the style of language.

V. Writers of Sentimentalism.

1. Introduction

2. Samuel Richardson—novelist, moralist (One who is unduly concerned with the morals of others.)

(1) Life:

a.printer book seller;

b. letter writer.

(2) Pamela, Virtue Rewarded.

a.the story

b. the significance

Pamela was a new thing in these ways:

a) It discarded the “improbable and marvelous” accomplishments of the former heroic romances, and pictured the life and love of ordinary people.

b) Its intension was to afford not merely entertainment but also moral instruction.

c) It described not only the sayings and doings of characters but their also their secret thoughts and feelings. It was, in fact, the first English psycho-analytical novel.

3. Oliver Goldsmith—poet and novelist.

A. Life:

a.born in Ireland;

b. a singer and tale-teller, a life of vagabondage;

c.bookseller;

d. the Literary Club;

e.a miserable life;

f. the most lovable character in English literature.

B. The Vicar of Wakefield.

a.story;

b. the signicance.

VI. English Drama of the 18th century

1. The decline of the drama

2. Richard Brinsley Sheriden

A. life.

B. works: Rivals, The School for Scandals.

C. significance of his plays.

a. The Rivals and The School for Scandal are generally regarded as important links between the masterpieces of Shakespeare and those of Bernard Shaw, and as true classics in English comedy.

b. In his plays, morality is the constant theme. He is much concerned with the current moral issues and lashes harshly at the social vices of the day.

c. Sheridan’s greatness also lies in his theatrical art. He seems to have inherited from his parents a natural ability and inborn knowledge about the theatre. His plays are the product of a dramatic genius as well as of a well-versed theatrical man.

d. His plots are well-organized, his characters, either major or minor, are all sharply drawn, and his manipulation of such devices as disguise, mistaken identity and dramatic irony is masterly. Witty dialogues and neat and decent language also make a characteristic of his plays.

Chapter 6 English Literature of the Romantic Age

I. Introduction

1. Historical Background

2. Literary Overview: Romanticism

Characteristics of Romanticism:

(1) The spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings

(2) The creation of a world of imagination

(3) The return to nature for material

(4) Sympathy with the humble and glorification of the commonplace

(5) Emphasis upon the expression of individual genius

(6) The return to Milton and the Elizabethans for literary models

(7) The interest in old stories and medieval romances

(8) A sense of melancholy and loneliness

(9) The rebellious spirit

II. Pre-Romantics

1. Robert Burns

(1) Life: French Revolution

(2) Features of poetry

a. Burns is chiefly remembered for his songs written in the Scottish dialect.

b. His poems are usually devoid of artificial ornament and have a great charm of simplicity.

c. His poems are especially appreciated for their musical effect.

d. His political and satirical poems are noted for his passionate love for freedom and fiery sentiments of hatred against tyranny.

(3) Significance of his poetry

His poetry marks an epoch in the history of English literature. They suggested that the spirit of the Romantic revival was embodied in this obscure ploughman. Love, humour, pathos, the response to nature – all the poetic qualities that touch the human heart are in his poems, which marked the sunrise of another day – the day of Romanticism.

2. William Blake

(1) life: French Revolution

(2) works.

l Songs of Innocence

l Songs of Experience

(3) features

a. sympathy with the French Revolution

b. hatred for 18th century conformity and social institution

c. attitude of revolt against authority

d. strong protest against restrictive codes

(4) his influence

Blake is often regarded as a symbolist and mystic, and he has exerted a great influence on twentieth century writers. His peculiarities of thought and imaginative vision have in many ways proved far more congenial to the 20th century than they were to the 19th.

III. Romantic Poets of the first generation

1. Introduction

2. William Wordsworth: representative poet, chief spokesman of Romantic poetry

(1) Life:

a.love nature;

b. Cambridge;

c.tour to France;

d. French revolution;

e.Dorathy;

f. The Lake District;

g.friend of Coleridge;

h.conservative after revolution.

(2) works:

a. the Lyrical Ballads (preface): significance

b. The Prelude: a biographical poem.

c. the other poems

(3) Features of his poems.

a.Theme

A constant theme of his poetry was the growth of the human spirit through the natural description with expressions of inward states of mind.

b. characteristics of style.

His poems are characterized by a sympathy with the poor, simple peasants, and a passionate love of nature.

3. Samuel Taylor Coleridge: poet and critic

(1) Life:

a.Cambridge;

b. friend with Southey and Wordsworth;

c.taking opium.

(2) works.

l The fall of Robespierre

l The Rime of the Ancient Mariner

l Kubla Khan

l Biographia Literaria

(3) Biographia Literaria.

(4) His criticism

He was one of the first critics to give close critical attention to language. In both poetry and criticism, his work is outstanding, but it is typical of him that his critical work is very scattered and disorganized.

IV. Romantic Poets of the Second Generation.

1. Introduction

2. George Gordon Byron

(1) Life:

a.Cambridge, published poems and reviews;

b. a tour of Europe and the East;

c.left England;

d. friend with Shelley;

e.worked in Greece: national hero;

f. radical and sympathetic with French Revolution.

(2) Works.

l Don Juan

l When We Two Parted

l She Walks in Beauty

(3) Byronic Hero.

Byron introduced into English poetry a new style of character, which as often been referred to as “Byronic Hero” of “satanic spirit”. People imagined that they saw something of Byron himself in these strange figures of rebels, pirates, and desperate adventurers.

(4) Poetic style: loose, fluent and vivid

3. Percy Bysshe Shelley: poet and critic

(1) Life:

a.aristocratic family;

b. rebellious heart;

c.Oxford;

d. Irish national liberation Movement;

e.disciple of William Godwin;

f. marriage with Harriet, and Marry;

g.left England and wandered in EUrope, died in Italy;

h.radical and sympathetic with the French revolution;

i. Friend with Byron

(2) works: two types – violent reformer and wanderer

(3) Characteristics of poems.

a.pursuit of a better society;

b. radian beauty;

c. superb artistry: imagination.

(4) Defense of Poetry.

4. John Keats.

(1) Life:

a.from a poor family;

b. Cockney School;

c.friend with Byron and Shelley;

d. attacked by the conservatives and died in Italy.

(2) works.

(3) Characteristics of poems

a.loved beauty;

b. seeking refuge in an idealistic world of illusions and dreams.

V. Novelists of the Romantic Age.

1. Water Scott. Novelist and poet

(1) Life:

a.Scotland;

b. university of Edindurgh;

c.poem to novel;

d. unsuccessful publishing firm;

e.great contribution: historical novel.

(2) three groups of novels

(3) Features of his novels.

(4) his influence.

2. Jane Austen

(1) Life:

a.country clergyman;

b. uneventful life, domestic duties;

(2) works.

(3) features of her writings.

Austen’s novels are britened by their witty conversation and omnipresent humour. Her stories are skillfully woven together; her plots never leave the path of realism, and have always been sensible. Her language shines with an exquisite touch of lively gracefulness, elegant and refined, but never showy. She herself compared her work to a fine engraving made up on a little piece of ivory only two inches square. The comparison is true. The ivory surface is small enough, but the lady who made the drawings of human life on it was a real artist.

(4) rationalism, neoclassicism, romanticism and realism.

VI. Familiar Essays.

1. Introduction

2. Charles Lamb: essayist and critic

(1) life:

a.poor family;

b. friend of Coleridge;

c.sister Mary;

d. worked in the East India House;

e.a miserable life;

f. a man of mild character.

g.a Romanticist of the city.

(2) works: Essays of Elia. Three groups.

(3) Features.

a. The most striking feature of his essays is his humour.

b. Lamb was especially fond of old writers.

c. His essays are intensely personal.

d. He was a romanticist.

Chapter 7 English Literature of the Victorian Age

I. Introduction

1. Historical Background

(1) An age of expansion

(2) The conditions of the workers and the chartist movement

(3) Reforms

(4) Darwin’s theory of evolution and its influence

(5) The women question

2. Literary Overview: critical realism.

In Victorian period appeared a new literary trend called critical realism. English critical realism of the 19th century flourished in the 40s and in the early 50s. It found its expression in the form of novel. The critical realists, most of whom were novelists, described with much vividness and artistic skill the chief traits of the English society and criticized the capitalist system from a democratic viewpoint.

II. Novels of Critical Realists.

1. Charles Dickens.

(1) Life:

a. clerk family;

b. a miserable childhood;

c. a clerk, a reporter, a writer;

d. a man of hard work.

(2) works of three periods.

a. optimize

b. frustration

c. pessimism

(3) Features of his works.

a.character sketches and exaggeration

b. broad humour and penetrating satire

c.complicated and fascinating plot

d. the power of exposure

2. William Makepeace Thackeray

(1) Life:

a. born in India;

b. studied in Cambridge;

c. worked as artist and illustrator and writer.

(2) work: The Vanity Fair

(3) Thackeray and Dickens – features

a. Just like Dickens, Thackeray is one of the greatest critical realists of the 19th century Europe. He paints life as he has seen it. With his precise and thorough observation, rich knowledge of social life and of the human heart, the pictures in his novels are accurate and true to life.

b. Thackeray is a satirist. His satire is caustic and his humour subtle.

c. Besides being a realist and satirist, Thackeray is a moralist. His aim is to produce a moral impression in all his novels.

3. The Bronte Sisters

(1) Charlotte Bronte and Jane Eyre

(2) Emily Bronte and The Wuthering Heights.

4. George Eliot&

(1) Life:

a. Mary Ann Evans;

b. the rural midland;

c. abandoned religion;

d. interested in social philosophical problems;

e. editor of the Westminster Review;

f. George Henry Lewis.

(2) works

l Adam Bede

l Silas Marner

l Middlemarch

(3) Features of works.

As a moralist, she shows in each of her characters the action and reaction of universal forces and believes that every evil act must bring inevitable punishment to the man who does it. Moral law was to her as inevitable and automatic as gravitation.

5. Thomas Hardy: novelist and poet

(1) Life:

a. Dorchester—”Wexssex;

b. close to peasantry;

c. belief in evolution.

(2) Works:

a. Romances and fantasies

b. novels of ingenuity

c. novels of characters and environment

(3) Ideas of Fate.

Unlike Dickens, most of Hardy’s novels are tragic. The cause of tragedy is man’s own behaviour or his own fault but the supernatural forces that rule his fate. According to Hardy, man is not the master of his destiny; he is at the mercy of indifferent forces which manipulate his behaviour and his relations with others.

III. English Poets of the Age

1. Alfred Tennyson

(1) life:

a. Cambridge;

b. friend with Hallem;

c. poet laureate.

(2) Works: In Memoriam; Idylls of the King.

2. Robert Browning.

(1) Life: married Elizabeth Barret, a poetess.

(2) Works

(3) the Dramatic Monologue

The dramatic monologue is a soliloquy in drama in which the voice speaking is not the poet himself, but a character invented by the poet, so that it reflects life objectively. It was imitated by many poets after Browning and brought to its most sophisticated form by T. S. Eliot in his The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock (1915)

IV. English Prose of the age

1. Thomas Carlyle

(1) life

(2) works

2. John Ruskin

(1) life

(2) works

(3) social and aesthetic ideas

V. Aestheticism

1. Aestheticism

the basic theory of the aesthetic – “art for art’s sake” – was set forth by a French poet, Theophile Gautier. The first Englishman who wrote about the theory of aestheticism was Walter Peter, the most important critical writer of the late Victorian period, whose most important works were studies in the History of Renaissance and Appreciations. The chief representative of the movement in England was Oscar Wilde, with his The Picture of Dorian Gray. Aestheticism places art above life, and holds that life should imitate art, not art imitate life. According to aesthetes, all artistic creation is absolutely subjective as opposed to objective. Art should be free from any influence of egoism. Only when art is for art’s sake can it be immortal. It should be restricted to contributing beauty in a highly polished style.

2. Oscar Wilde

(1) Life: dramatist, poet, novelist and essayist, spokesman for the school of “Art for art’s sake”, the leader of the Aesthetic movement

(2) works

l The Happy Prince and Other Tales

l The Picture of Dorian Gray

l The Importance of Being Earnest

Chapter 8 English Literature of the first half of the 20th Century

I. Historical Background

1. rational changes on old traditions, in social standards and in people’s thoughts

2. the high tide of anti-Victorianism

3. the First World War

4. the success of women’s struggle for social and civil rights

II. Overview of the Literature – the Modernism

1. What is modernism?

The reaction against the value of Victorian society and the theme of its literature that began in the 1890s, particularly with the so-called dissident writers, was manifested in the early decades of the 20th century by drastic changes in form, vocabulary, and image. These changes were not limited to England. The movement, which has come to be called modernism, was international in scope and drew heavily on the French Symbolist poets as well as on the new psychological teachings of Sigmund Freud, Carl Gustav Jung, and their followers in Vienna and Switzerland.

2. Features of modernism

(1) Complexity

(2) Radical and deliberate break with traditional aesthetic principles

(3) Back to Aristotle

3. Development of modernism after WWII

Section 1 Poetry

I. A General Survey

1. The century has produced a large number of both major and minor poets, many of whom have received general acclaim.

2. Many writers of significant works of fiction also write distinguished poetry.

3. The poets of the 20th century have tended to group themselves into schools whose poetry has particular distinguishing characteristics.

II. Thomas Hardy

1. life

2. works

(1) his poetry

a.Wessex Poems and Other Verses

b. Poems of the Past and the Present

c.Time’s Laughing Stocks

d. Moments of Vision

e.Late Lyrics and Earlier

f. The famous Tragedy of the Queen of Cornwell

g.Winter Words

(2) his fictions

a.Tess of the D’Urbervilles

b. Jude the Obscure

c.The Return of the Native

d. Far from the Madding Crowd

e.The Mayor of Casterbridge

3. point of view

According to his pessimistic philosophy, mankind is subjected to the rule of some hostile mysterious fate, which brings misfortune into human life.

III. William Butler Yeats

1. Life – poet and dramatist

2. Works

(1) his poetry

a.The Responsibilities

b. The Wild Swans at Coole

c.The Tower

d. The Winding Stair

(2) his dramas

a.The Hour Glass

b. The Land of Heart’s Desire

c.On Baile’s Strand

(3) his book of philosophy – Visions

3. style

He is a celebrated and accomplished symbolist poet, using an elaborate system of symbols in his poems. Some of his symbols are simple, whereas others are difficult to comprehend. But read as a whole, his poetry is elucidated by itself and gives the reader many memorable stanzas and lines of great poetry. He is referred to by T. S. Eliot as “the greatest poet of our age – certainly the greatest in this (i.e. English) language”.

IV. Thomas Stearns Eliot

1. life- poet, playwright, literary critic

2. works

(1) poems

l The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock

l The Waste Land (epic)

l Hollow Man

l Ash Wednesday

l Four Quarters

(2) Plays

l Murder in the Cathedral

l Sweeney Agonistes

l The Cocktail Party

l The Confidential Clerk

(3) Critical essays

l The Sacred Wood

l Essays on Style and Order

l Elizabethan Essays

l The Use of Poetry and The Use of Criticisms

l After Strange Gods

3. point of view

(1) The modern society is futile and chaotic.

(2) Only poets can create some order out of chaos.

(3) The method to use is to compare the past and the present.

4. Style

(1) Fresh visual imagery, flexible tone and highly expressive rhythm

(2) Difficult and disconnected images and symbols, quotations and allusions

(3) Elliptical structures, strange juxtapositions, an absence of bridges

5. The Waste Land: five parts

(1) The Burial of the Dead

(2) A Game of Chess

(3) The Fire Sermon

(4) Death by Water

(5) What the Thunder Said

Section 2 Fiction

I. The Continuing of Realism

1. The two characteristics of 20th century fiction

(1) Modernism

(2) Continuation of the tradition of realism

2. The beginning

3. General features

II. John Galsworthy

1. life

2. works

(1) The Island Pharisees

(2) Turgenev

(3) The Man of Property

(4) In Chancery

(5) Forsyte Saga

(6) The End of the Chapter

(7) The Silver Box

(8) Strife

3. point of view

The novels and plays of Galsworthy give a complete picture of English bourgeois society. A bourgeois himself, Galsworthy nevertheless clearly saw the decline of his class and truthfully portrayed this in his works. Yet his criticism of the bourgeoisie was limited to the spheres of ethics and aesthetics only. He aimed to improve his class, wishing it might retain its ruling position in society. His bourgeois conservatism is particularly evident in the works written after WWI and the October Revolution. Facing the crisis of British imperialism and the growing forces of socialism, Galsworthy began to idealize the decadent bourgeoisie. This is particularly evident in his last trilogy The End of the Chapter.

4. style

(1) strength and elasticity

(2) powerful sweep

(3) brilliant illustrations

(4) deep psychological analysis

III. Stream of Consciousness

1. James Joyce

(1) life

(2) major works

a.A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man

b. Dubliners

c.Ulysses

d. Finnegans Wake

(3) significance of his works

a.He changed the old style of fictions and created a strange mode of art to show the chaos and crisis of consciousness of that period.

b. From him, stream of consciousness came to the highest point as a genre of modern literature.

c.In Finnegans Wake, this pursue of newness overrode the normalness and showed a tendency of vanity.

2. Virginia Woolf

(1) life

(2) works

a.Mrs. Dalloway

b. To the Lighthouse

c.The Waves

d. Orlando

e.Flush

f. The Years

g.Between the Acts

h.A Room of One’s Own

i. Three Guineas

j. Modern Fiction

k. The Common Reader (2 series)

(3) point of view

a.She challenged the traditional way of writing and created her novels in a new way.

b. She thought the depiction of details darkened the characters.

c.She called the writers for writing about events of daily life that gave one deep impression.

3. influence

(1) The stream of consciousness presented by Joyce and Woolf marks a total break from the tradition of fiction and has promoted the development of modernism.

(2) However, at the same time, because of the newness in form but hard to understand, this kind of fiction cannot attract readers.

(3) The writers showed interest in the psychological depiction of the bourgeoisie but neglected the conflict that most people cared about at that time.

IV. David Herbert Lawrence

1. life

2. works

(1) Sons and Lovers

(2) The Rainbow

(3) Women in Love

(4) Lady Chatterlay’s Lover

3. his influence

Section 3 Drama

I. Overview

1. the development of science (light) and the revival of drama

2. social dramas

3. the renaissance of Irish dramas

4. the poetic drama

5. different schools of drama

II. George Bernard Shaw

1. life

2. works

(1) Widower’s Houses

(2) Man and Superman

(3) Major Barbara

(4) Pygmalion

(5) Heartbreak House

(6) Mrs. Warren’s Profession

(7) The Apple Cart

(8) Saint Joan

3. point of view

(1) Shaw was very much impressed by the Norwegian dramatist Ibsen.

(2) He opposed the idea of “art for art’s sake”, maintaining that “the theatre must turn from the drama of romance and sensuality to the drama of edification”.

(3) He sought from the beginning to expose the hypocrisy, stupidity, and conventionality of the English way of life as he saw it with a rich wit and lively sense of comedy.

(4) His heroes and heroines are always unheroic, unromantic, common sense people, and he used them to convey ideas.

4. style

(1) Shaw is a critical realist writer. His plays bitterly criticize and attack English bourgeois society.

(2) His plays deal with contemporary social problems. He portrays his situations frankly and honestly, intending to shock his audiences with a new view of society.

(3) He is a humorist and manages to produce amusing and laughable situations.



英语语言学概论重点难点提示

hjenglish.com 1281 11-28

英语语言学概论》重、难点提示

第一章 语言的性质

语言的定义:语言的基本特征(任意性、二重性、多产性、移位、文化传递和互换性);语言的功能(寒暄、指令、提供信息、询问、表达主观感情、唤起对方的感情和言语行为);语言的起源(神授说,人造说,进化说)等。

第二章 语言学

语言学定义;研究语言的四大原则(穷尽、一致、简洁、客观);语言学的基本概念(口语与书面语、共时与历时、语言与言学、语言能力与言行运用、语言潜势与语言行为);普通语言学的分支(语音、音位、语法、句法、语义);;语言学的应用(语言学与语言教学、语言与社会、语言与文字、语言与心理学、人类语言学、神经语言学、数理语言学、计算语言学)等。

第三章 语音学

发音器官的英文名称;英语辅音的发音部位和发音方法;语音学的定义;发音语音学;听觉语音学;声学语音学;元音及辅音的分类;严式与宽式标音等。

第四章 音位学

音位理论;最小对立体;自由变异;互补分布;语音的相似性;区别性特征;超语段音位学;音节;重音(词重音、句子重音、音高和语调)等。

第五章 词法学

词法的定义;曲折词与派生词;构词法(合成与派生);词素的定义;词素变体;自由词素;粘着词素(词根,词缀和词干)等。

第六章 词汇学

词的定义;语法词与词汇词;变词与不变词;封闭词与开放词;词的辨认;习语与搭配。

第七章 句法

句法的定义;句法关系;结构;成分;直接成分分析法;并列结构与从属结构;句子成分;范畴(性,数,格);一致;短语,从句,句子扩展等。

第八章 语义学

语义的定义;语义的有关理论;意义种类(传统、功能、语用);里奇的语义分类;词汇意义关系(同义、反义、下义);句子语义关系。

第九章 语言变化

语言的发展变化(词汇变化、语音书写文字、语法变化、语义变化);

第十章 语言、思维与文化

语言与文化的定义;萨丕尔-沃夫假说;语言与思维的关系;语言与文化的关系;中西文化的异同。

第十一章 语用学

语用学的定义;语义学与语用学的区别;语境与意义;言语行为理论(言内行为、言外行为和言后行为);合作原则。

(主讲教师 张祖春)Questions & Answers on Key Points of Linguistics

《英语语言学概论》重、难点问与答

1.1. What is language?

“Language is system of arbitrary vocal symbols used for human communication. It is a system, since linguistic elements are arranged systematically, rather than randomly. Arbitrary, in the sense that there is usually no intrinsic connection between a work (like “book”) and the object it refers to. This explains and is explained by the fact that different languages have different “books”: “book” in English, “livre” in French, in Japanese, in Chinese, “check” in Korean. It is symbolic, because words are associated with objects, actions, ideas etc. by nothing but convention. Namely, people use the sounds or vocal forms to symbolize what they wish to refer to. It is vocal, because sound or speech is the primary medium for all human languages, developed or “new”. Writing systems came much later than the spoken forms. The fact that small children learn and can only learn to speak (and listen) before they write (and read) also indicates that language is primarily vocal, rather than written. The term “human” in the definition is meant to specify that language is human specific.

1.2. What are design features of language?

“Design features” here refer to the defining properties of human language that tell the difference between human language and any system of animal communication. They are arbitrariness, duality, productivity, displacement, cultural transmission and interchangeability

1.3. What is arbitrariness?

By “arbitrariness”, we mean there is no logical connection between meanings and sounds (see I .1). A dog might be a pig if only the first person or group of persons had used it for a pig. Language is therefore largely arbitrary. But language is not absolutely seem to be some sound-meaning association, if we think of echo words, like “bang”, “crash”, “roar”, which are motivated in a certain sense. Secondly, some compounds (words compounded to be one word ) are not entirely arbitrary either. “Type” and “write” are opaque or unmotivated words, while “type-writer” is less so, or more transparent or motivated than the words that make it. So we can say “arbitrariness” is a matter of degree.

1.4.What is duality?

Linguists refer “duality” (of structure) to the fact that in all languages so far investigated, one finds two levels of structure or patterning. At the first, higher level, language is analyzed in terms of combinations of meaningful units (such as morphemes, words etc.) ; at the second, lower level, it is seen as a sequence of segments which lack any meaning in themselves, but which combine to form units of meaning. According to Hu Zhanglin et al. (p.6) , language is a system of two sets of structures, one of sounds and the other of meaning. This is important for the workings of language. A small number of semantic units (words), and these units of meaning can be arranged and rearranged into an infinite number of sentences (note that we have dictionaries of words, but no dictionary of sentences!). Duality makes it possible for a person to talk about anything within his knowledge. No animal communication system enjoys this duality, or even approaches this honour.

1.5.What is productivity?

Productivity refers to the ability to the ability to construct and understand an indefinitely large number of sentences in one’s native language, including those that has never heard before, but that are appropriate to the speaking situation. No one has ever said or heard “A red-eyed elephant is dancing on the small hotel bed with an African gibbon”, but he can say it when necessary, and he can understand it in right register. Different from artistic creativity, though, productivity never goes outside the language, thus also called “rule-bound creativity” (by N.Chomsky).



1.6.What is displacement?

“Displacement”, as one of the design features of the human language, refers to the fact that one can talk about things that are not present, as easily as he does things present. In other words, one can refer to real and unreal things, things of the past, of the present, of the future. Language itself can be talked about too. When a man, for example, is crying to a woman, about something, it might be something that had occurred, or something that is occurring, or something that is to occur. When a dog is barking, however, you can decide it is barking for something or at someone that exists now and there. It couldn’t be bow-wowing sorrowfully for dome lost love or a bone to be lost. The bee’s system, nonetheless, has a small share of “displacement”, but it is an unspeakable tiny share.

1.7.What is cultural transmission?

This means that language is not biologically transmitted from generation to generation, but that the details of the linguistic system must be learned anew by each speaker. It is true that the capacity for language in human beings(N. Chomsky called it “language acquisition device”, or LAD) has a genetic basis, but the particular language a person learns to speak is a cultural one other than a genetic one like the dog’s barking system. If a human being is brought up in isolation he cannot acquire language. The Wolf Child reared by the pack of wolves turned out to speak the wolf’s roaring “tongue” when he was saved. He learned thereafter, with no small difficulty, the ABC of a certain human language.

1.8.What is interchangeability?

Interchangeability means that any human being can be both a producer and a receiver of messages. We can say, and on other occasions can receive and understand, for example, “Please do something to make me happy.” Though some people (including me) suggest that there is sex differentiation in the actual language use, in other words, men and women may say different things, yet in principle there is no sound, or word or sentence that a man can utter and a woman cannot, or vice versa. On the other hand, a person can be the speaker while the other person is the listener and as the turn moves on to the listener, he can be the speaker and the first speaker is to listen. It is turn-taking that makes social communication possible and acceptable.

Some male birds, however, utter some calls which females do not (or cannot?) , and certain kinds of fish have similar haps mentionable. When a dog barks, all the neighbouring dogs bark. Then people around can hardly tell which dog (dogs) is (are0 “speaking” and which listening.

1.9.Why do linguists say language is human specific?

First of all, human language has six “design features” which animal communication systems do not have, at least not in the true sense of them(see I .2-8). Let’s borrow C. F. Hocket’s Chart that compares human language with some animals’ systems, from Wang Gang(1998,p.8).

Secondly, linguists have done a lot trying to teach animals such as chimpanzees to speak a human language but have achieved nothing inspiring. Washoe, a female chimpanzee, was brought up like a human child by Beatnice and Alan Gardner. She was taught “American sign Language”, and learned a little that made the teachers happy but did mot make the linguistics circle happy, for few believed in teaching chimpanzees.

Thirdly, a human child reared among animals cannot speak a human language, not even when he is taken back and taught to lo to so (see the “Wolf Child”in I.7)

1.10.What functions does language have?

Language has at least seven functions: phatic, directive, Informative, interrogative, expressive, evocative and performative. According to Wang Gang (1988,p.11), language has three main functions: a tool of communication, a tool whereby people learn about the world, and a tool by which people learn about the world, and a tool by which people create art . M .A. K.Halliday, representative of the London school, recognizes three “Macro-Functions”: ideational, interpersonal and textual(see !.11-17;see HU Zhuanglin et al.,pp10-13,pp394-396). 1. 11What is the phatic function?

The “phatic function” refers to language being used for setting up a certain atmosphere or maintaining social contacts(rather than for exchanging information or ideas). Greetings, farewells, and comments on the weather in English and on clothing in Chinese all serve this function. Much of the phatic language (e.g. “How are you?” “Fine, thanks.”) is insincere if taken literally, but it is important. If you don't say “Hello” to a friend you meet, or if you don’t answer his “Hi”, you ruin your friendship.

1.12. What is the directive function?

The “directive function” means that language may be used to get the hearer to do something. Most imperative sentences perform this function, e. g., “Tell me the result when you finish.” Other syntactic structures or sentences of other sorts can, according to J.Austin and J.Searle’s “indrect speech act theory”(see Hu Zhuanglin et al.,pp271-278) at least, serve the purpose of direction too, e.g., “If I were you, I would have blushed to the bottom of my ears!”

1.13.What is the informative function?

Language serves an “informational function” when used to tell something, characterized by the use of declarative sentences. Informative statements are often labelled as true(truth) or false(falsehood). According to P.Grice’s “Cooperative Principle”(see Hu Zhuanglin et al., pp282-283), one ought not to violate the “Maxim of Quality”, when he is informing at all.

1.14.What is the interrogative function?

When language is used to obtain information, it serves an “interrogative function”. This includes all questions that expect replies, statements, imperatives etc., according to the “indirect speech act theory”, may have this function as well, e.g., “I’d like to know you better.” This may bring forth a lot of personal information. Note that rhetorical questions make an exception, since they demand no answer, at least not the reader’s/listener’s answer.



1.15.What is the expressive function?

The “expressive function” is the use of language to reveal something about the feelings or attitudes of the speaker. Subconscious emotional ejaculations are good examples, like “Good heavens!” “My God!” Sentences like “I’m sorry about the delay” can serve as good examples too, though in a subtle way. While language is used for the informative function to pass judgement on the truth or falsehood of statements, language used for the expressive function evaluates, appraises or asserts the speaker’s own attitudes.

1.16.What is the evocative function?

The “evocative function” is the use of language to create certain feelings in the hearer. Its aim is , for example, to amuse, startle, antagonize, soothe, worry or please. Jokes(not practical jokes, though) are supposed to amuse or entertain the listener; advertising to urge customers to purchase certain commodities; propaganda to influence public opinion. Obviously, the expressive and the evocative functions often go together, i.e., you may express, for example, your personal feelings about a political issue but end up by evoking the same feeling in, or imposing it on, your listener. That’s also the case with the other way round.

1.17.What is the performative function?

This means people speak to “do things” or perform actions. On certain occasions the utterance itself as an action is more important than what words or sounds constitute the uttered sentence. When asked if a third Yangtze bridge ought to be built in Wuhan, the mayor may say “OK”, which means more than speech, and more than an average social individual may do for the construction. The judge’s imprisonment sentence, the president’s war or independence declaration, etc., are performatives as well(see J.Austin’s speech Act Theory, Hu Zhuanglin, ecal.,pp271-278).

1.18.What is linguistics?

“Linguistics” is the scientific study of language. It studies not just one language of any one society, but the language of all human beings. A linguist, though, does not have to know and use a large number of languages, but to investigate how each language is constructed. He is also concerned with how a language varies from dialect to dialect, from class to class, how it changes from century to century, how children acquire their mother tongue, and perhaps how a person learns or should learn a foreign language. In short, linguistics studies the general principles whereupon all human languages are constructed and operate as systems of communication in their societies or communities (see Hu Zhuanglin et al.,pp20-22)

1.19.What makes linguistics a science?

Since linguistics is the scientific study of language, it ought to base itself upon the systematic, investigation of language data which aims at discovering the true nature of language and its underlying system. To make sense of the data, a linguist usually has conceived some hypotheses about the language structure, to be checked against the observed or observable facts. In order to make his analysis scientific, a linguist is usually guided by four principles: exhaustiveness, consistency, and objectivity. Exhaustiveness means he should gather all the materials relevant to the study and give them an adequate explanation, in spite of the complicatedness. He is to leave no linguistic “stone” unturned. Consistency means there should be no contradiction between different parts of the total statement. Economy means a linguist should pursue brevity in the analysis when it is possible. Objectivity implies that since some people may be subjective in the study, a linguist should be (or sound at least) objective, matter-of-face, faithful to reality, so that his work constitutes part of the linguistics research.



1.20.What are the major branches of linguistics?

The study of language as a whole is often called general linguistics (e.g.Hu Zhuanglin et al.,1988;Wang Gang,1988).But a linguist sometimes is able to deal with only one aspect of language at a time, thus the arise of various branches : phonetics ,phonology ,morphology, syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, applied linguistics, pragmatics, psycholinguistics, lexicology, lexicography, etymology, etc.

1.21.What are synchronic and diachronic studies?

The description of a language at some point of time (as if it stopped developing) is a synchrony study (synchrony). The description of a language as it changes through time is a diachronic study (diachronic). An essay entitled “On the Use of THE”, for example, may be synchronic, if the author does not recall the past of THE, and it may also be diachronic if he claims to cover a large range or period of time wherein THE has undergone tremendous alteration (see Hu Zhuanglin et al.,pp25-27).

1.22.What is speech and what is writing?

No one needs the repetition of the general principle of linguistic analysis, namely, the primacy of speech over writing. Speech is primary, because it existed long long before writing systems came into being. Genetically children learn to speak before learning to write. Secondly, written forms just represent in this way or that the speech sounds : individual sounds, as in English and French as in Japanese.

In contrast to speech, spoken form of language, writing as written codes, gives language new scope and use that speech does not have. Firstly, messages can be carried through space so that people can write to each other. Secondly, messages can be carried through time thereby, so that people of our time can be carried through time thereby, so that people of our time can read Beowulf, Samuel Johnson, and Edgar A. Poe. Thirdly, oral messages are readily subject to distortion, either intentional or unintentional (causing misunderstanding or malentendu), while written messages allow and encourage repeated unalterable reading.

Most modern linguistic analysis is focused on speech, different from grammarians of the last century and theretofore.

1.23.What are the differences between the descriptive and the prescriptive approaches?

A linguistic study is “descriptive” if it only describes and analyses the facts of language, and “prescriptive” if it tries to lay down rules for “correct” language behavior. Linguistic studies before this century were largely prescriptive because many early grammars were largely prescriptive because many early grammars were based on “high” (literary or religious) written records. Modern linguistics is mostly descriptive, however. It (the latter) believes that whatever occurs in natural speech (hesitation, incomplete utterance, misunderstanding, etc.) should be described in the analysis, and not be marked as incorrect, abnormal, corrupt, or lousy. These, with changes in vocabulary and structures, need to be explained also.

1.24.What is the difference between langue and parole?

F. de Saussure refers “langue”to the abstract linguistic system shared by all the members of a speech community and refers “parole” to the actual or actualized language, or the realization of langue. Langue is abstract, parole specific to the speaking situation; langue not actually spoken by an individual, parole always a naturally occurring event; langue relatively stable and systematic, parole is a mass of confused facts, thus not suitable for systematic investigation. What a linguist ought to do, according to Saussure, is to abstract langue from instances of parole, i. e. to discover the regularities governing all instances of parole and make than the subject of linguistics. The langue-parole distinction is of great importance, which casts great influence on later linguists.

1.25.What is the difference between competence and performance?

According to N. Chomsky, “competence” is the ideal language user’s knowledge of the rules of his language, and “performance” is the actual realization of this knowledge in utterances. The former enables a speaker to produce and understand an indefinite number of sentences and to recognize grammatical mistakes and ambiguities. A speaker’s competence is stable while his performance is often influenced by psychological and social factors. So a speaker’s performance does not always match or equal his supposed competence.

Chomsky believes that linguists ought to study competence, rather than performance. In other words, they should discover what an ideal speaker knows of his native language.

Chomsky’s competence-performance distinction is not exactly the same as , though similar to , F. de Saussure’s langue-parole distinction. Langue is a social product, and a set of conventions for a community, while competence is deemed as a property of the mind of each individual. Sussure looks at language more from a sociological or sociolinguistic point of view than N. Chomsky since the latter deals with his issues psychologically or psycholinguistically.

1.26.What is linguistic potential? What is actual linguistic behaviour?

These two terms, or the potential-behavior distinction, were made by M. A. K. Halliday in the 1960s, from a functional point of view. There is a wide range of things a speaker can do in his culture, and similarly there are many things he can say, for example, to many people, on many topics. What he actually says (i.e. his “actual linguistic behavior”) on a certain occasion to a certain person is what he has chosen from many possible injustice items, each of which he could have said (linguistic potential).



1.27.In what way do language, competence and linguistic potential agree? In what way do they differ? And their counterparts?

Langue, competence and linguistic potential have some similar features, but they are innately different (see 1.25). Langue is a social product, and a set of speaking conventions; competence is a property or attribute of each ideal speaker’s mind; linguistic potential is all the linguistic corpus or repertoire available from which the speaker chooses items for the actual utterance situation. In other words, langue is invisible but reliable abstract system. Competence means “knowing”, and linguistic potential a set of possibilities for “doing” or “performing actions”. They are similar in that they all refer to the constant underlying the utterances that constitute what Saussure, Chomsky and Halliday respectively called parole, performance and actual linguistic behavior. Paole, performance and actual linguistic behavior enjoy more similarities than differences.

1.28.What is phonetics?

“Phonetics” is the science which studies the characteristics of human sound-making, especially those sounds used in speech, and provides methods for their description, classification and transcription (see Hu Zhuanglin et al., pp39-40), speech sounds may be studied in different ways, thus by three different branches of phonetics. (1)Articulatory phonetics; the branch of phonetics that examines the way in which a speech sound is produced to discover which vocal organs are involved and how they coordinate in the process. (2)Auditory phonetics, the branch of phonetic research from the hearer’s point of view, looking into the impression which a speech sound makes on the hearer as mediated by the ear , the auditory nerve and the brain. (3)Acoustic phonetics: the study of the physical properties of speech sounds, as transmitted between mouth and ear.

Most phoneticians, however, are interested in articulatory phonetics.

1.29.How are the vocal organs formed?

The vocal organs (see Figure1, Hu Zhuanglin et al.,p41), or speech organs, are organs of the human body whose secondary use is in the production of speech sounds. The vocal organs can be considered as consisting of three parts; the initiator of the air-stream, the producer of voice and the resonating cavities.

1.30.What is place of articulation?

It refers to the place in the mouth where, for example, the obstruction occurs, resulting in the utterance of a consonant. Whatever sound is pronounced, at least some vocal organs will get involved,e. g. lips, hard palate etc., so a consonant may be one of the following (1 )bilabial p,b,m]; (2) labiodental f,v]; (3) dental ,]; (4) alveolar t,d,l,n.s,z]; (5) retroflex; (6) palato-alveolar ,]; (7) palatal j]; (8) velar[k,g,]; (9) uvular; (10)glottal h].

Some sounds involve the simultaneous use of two places of articulation. For example, the English [w]has both an approximation of the two lips and that two lips and that of the tongue and the soft palate, and may be termed “labial-velar”.

1.31.What is the manner of articulation?

The “manner of articulation” literally means the way a sound is articulated. At a given place of articulation, the airstream may be obstructed in various ways, resulting in various manners of articulation, are the following : (1) plosive p,b,t,d,k,g]; (2) nasal m,n,]; (3) trill; (4) tap or flap; (5) lateral l]; (6) fricative f,v,s,z]; (7) approximant w,j]; (8) affricate ].

1.32.How do phoneticians classify vowels?

Phoneticians, in spite of the difficulty, group vowels in 5 types: (1) long and short vowels, e.g.,[i:,]; (4) rounded and unround vowels,e.g.[,i]; (5) pure and gliding vowels, e.g.[I,].

1.33.What is IPA? When did it come into being ?

The IPA, abbreviation of “International Phonetic Alphabet”, is a compromise system making use of symbols of all sources, including diacritics indicating length, stress and intonation, indicating phonetic variation. Ever since it was developed in 1888, IPA has undergone a number of revisions.

1.34.What is narrow transcription and what is broad transcription?

In handbook of phonetics, Henry Sweet made a distinction between “narrow” and “broad” transcriptions, which he called “Narrow Romic”. The former was meant to symbolize all the possible speech sounds, including even the most minute shades of pronunciation while Broad Romic or transcription was intended to indicate only those sounds capable of distinguishing one word from another in a given language.

1.35.What is phonology? What is difference between phonetics and phonology?

(1) “Phonology” is the study of sound systems- the invention of distinctive speech sounds that occur in a language and the patterns wherein they fall. Minimal pair, phonemes, allophones, free variation, complementary distribution, etc., are all to be investigated by a phonologist.

(2) Phonetics, as discussed in I.28, is the branch of linguistics studying the characteristics of speech sounds and provides methods for their description, classification and transcription. A phonetist is mainly interested in the physical properties of the speech sounds, whereas a phonologist studies what he believes are meaningful sounds related with their semantic features, morphological features, and the way they are conceived and printed in the depth of the mind phonological knowledge permits a speaker to produce sounds which from meaningful utterances, to recognize a foreign “accent”, to make up new words, to add the appropriate phonetic segments to from plurals and past tenses, to know what is and what is not a sound in one’s language.

1.36.What is a phone? What is a phoneme? What is an allophone?

A “phone” is a phonetic unit or segment. The speech sounds we hear and produce during linguistic communication are all phones. When we hear the following words pronounced pit], [tip], [spit], etc., the similar phones we have heard are [p] for one thing, and three different[p]’s, readily making possible the “narrow transcription or diacritics”. Phones may and may not distinguish meaning. A “phoneme” is a phonological unit; it is a unit that is of distinctive value. As an abstract unit, a phoneme is not any particular sound, but rather it is represented or realized by a certain phone in a certain phonetic context. For example, the phoneme[p] is represented differently in [pit], [tip] and [spit].

The phones representing a phoneme are called its “allophones”, i. e., the different (i.e., phones) but do not make one word so phonetically different as to create a new word or a new meaning thereof. So the different[p]’s in the above words are the allophones of the same phoneme[p]. How a phoneme is represented by a phone, or which allophone is to be used, is determined by the phonetic context in which it occurs. But the choice of an allophone is not random. In most cases it is rule-governed; these rules are to be found out by a phonologist.

1.37.What are minimal pairs?

When two different phonetic forms are identical in every way except for one sound segment which occurs in the same place in the string , the two forms(i. e., word) are supposed to form a “minimal pair”, e.g., “pill” and “bill”, “pill” and “till”, “till” and “dill”, “till” and “kill”, etc. All these words together constitute a minimal set. They are identical in form except for the initial consonants. There are many minimal pairs in English, which makes it relatively easy to know what are English phonemes. It is of great importance to find the minimal pairs when a phonologist is dealing with the sound system of an unknown language(see Hu Zhuanglin et al., pp65-66).

1.38.What is free variation?

If two sounds occurring in the same environment do not contrast; namely, if the substitution of one for the other does not generate a new word form but merely a different pronunciation of the same word, the two sounds then are said to be in “free variation”. The plosives, for example, may not be exploded when they occur before another plosive or a nasal (e. g., act, apt, good morning). The minute distinctions may, if necessary, be transcribed in diacritics. These unexploded and exploded plosives are in free variation. Sounds in free variation should be assigned to the same phoneme.

1.39.What is complementary distribution?

When two sounds never occur in the same environment, they are in “complementary distribution”. For example, the aspirated English plosives never occur after, and the unsaturated ones never occur initially. Sounds in complementary distribution may be assigned to the same phoneme. The allophones of[l], for example, are also in complementary distribution. The clear[l] occurs only before a vowel, the voiceless equivalent of[l] occurs only after a voiceless consonant, such as in the words “please”, “butler”, “clear”, etc., and the dark[l] occurs only after a vowel or as a syllabic sound after a consonant, such as in the words “feel”, “help”, “middle”, etc.

1.40.What is the assimilation rule? What is the deletion rule?

(1) The “assimilation rule” assimilates one segment to another by “copying” a feature of a sequential phoneme, thus making the two phones more similar. This rule accounts for the raring pronunciation of the nasal[n] that occurs within a word. The rule is that within a word the nasal consonant[n] assumes the same place of articulation as the following consonant. The negative prefix “in-“ serves as a good example. It may be pronounced as [in], or [im] when occurring in different phonetic contexts: e. g., indiscrete-[ ](alveolar)

inconceivable-[ ](velar)

input-[‘imput](bilabial)

The “deletion rule” tells us when a sound is to be deleted although is orthographically represented. While the letter “g” is mute in “sign”, “design” and “paradigm”, it is pronounced in their corresponding derivatives: “signature”, “designation” and “paradigmatic”. The rule then can be stated as: delete a [g] when it occurs before a final nasal consonant. This accounts for some of the seeming irregularities of the English spelling (see Dai Weidong ,pp22-23). 1.41.What is suprasegmental phonology? What are suprasegmental features?

“Suprasegmental phonology” refers to the study of phonological properties of linguistic units larger than the segment called phoneme, such as syllable, word and sentence.

Hu Zhuanglin et al.,(p,73) includes stress, length and pitch as what they suppose to be “principal suprasegmental features”, calling the concurrent patterning of three “intonation”. Dai Weidong(pp23-25) lists three also, but they are stress, tone and intonation.

1.42.What is morphology?

“Morphology” is the branch of grammar that studies the internal structure of words, and the rules by which words are formed. It is generally divided into two fields: inflectional morphology and lexical/derivational morphology.

1.43.What is inflection/inflexion?

“Inflection” is the manifestation of grammatical relationships through the addition of inflectional affixes, such as number, person, finiteness, aspect, and case, which does not change the grammatical class of the items to which they are attached.

1.44.What is a morpheme? What is an allomorph?

The “morpheme” is the smallest unit in terms of relationship between expression and content, a unit which cannot be divided without destroying or drastically altering the meaning, whether it is lexical or grammatical. The word “boxes”, for example, has two morphemes: “box” and “-es”, neither of which permits further division or analysis if we don’t wish to sacrifice meaning. Therefore a morpheme is cofsidered the minimal unit of meaning.

Allomorphs, like allophones vs. phones, are the alternate shapes (and thus phonetic forms) of the same morphemes. Some morphemes, though, have no more than one invariable form in all contexts, such as “dog”, “cat”, etc. The variants of the plurality “-s” make the allomorphs thereof in the following examples: map-maps, mouse-mice, sheep-sheep etc.

1.45.What is a free morpheme? What is a bound morpheme?

A “free morpheme” is a morpheme that constitutes a word by itself, such as ‘bed”, “tree” ,etc. A “bound morpheme” is one that appears with at least another morpheme, such as “-s” in “beds” , “-al” in “national” and so on. All monomorphemic words are free morphemes. Those polymorphemic words are either compounds (combination of two or more free morphemes )or derivatives (word derived from free morphemes).

1.46.What is a root ? What is a stem? What is an affix?

A “root” is the base form of a word that cannot be further analyzed without total loss of identity. In other words, a “root” is that part of the word left when all the affixes are removed. “Internationalism” is a four-morpheme derivative which keeps its free morpheme “nation” as its root when “ inter-”, “-al” and “-ism” are taken away.

A “stem” is any morpheme or combination of morphemes to which an affix can be added. It may be the same as , and in other cases, different from, a root. For example, in the word “friends” , “friend” is both the root and the stem, but in the word “friendships”, “friendships” is its stem, “friend” is its root. Some words (i. e., compounds ) have more than one root ,e. g., “mailman” , “girlfriend” ,ect.

An “affix” is the collective term for the type of formative that can be used, only when added to another morpheme(the root or stem). Affixes are limited in number in a language, and are generally classified into three subtypes: prefix, suffix and infix, e. g. , “mini-”, “un-”, ect.(prefix); “-ise”, “-tion”, ect.(suffix).

1.47.What are open classes? What are closed classes?

In English, nouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs make up the largest part of the vocabulary. They are “open -class words”, since we can regularly add new lexical entries to these classes. The other syntactic categories are, for the most part, closed classes, or closed-class words. The number of them is hardly alterable, if they are changeable at all.

1.48.What is lexicon? What is word? What is lexeme? What is vocabulary? Lexicon? Word? Lexeme? Vocabulary?

“Lexicon”, in its most general sense, is synonymous with vocabulary. In its technical sense, however, lexicon deals with the analysis and creation of words, idioms and collocations. “Word” is a unit of expression which has universal intuitive recognition by native-speakers, whether it is expressed in spoken or written form. This definition is perhaps a little vague as there are different criteria with regard to its identification and definition. It seems that it is hard , even impossible, to define “word” linguistically. Nonetheless it is universally agreed that the following three senses are involved in the definition of “word”, none of which, though, is expected to cope with all the situations: (1)a physically definable unit ,e. g.,[it iz ‘w ](phonological), “It is wonder” (orthographic); (2) the common factor underlying a set of forms (see what is the common factor of “checks”, “checked”, “checking ”, etc.); (3) a grammatical unit(look at (1) again; every word plays a grammatical part in the sentence).

According to Leonard Bloomfield, a word is a minimum free form (compare: a sentence is a maximum free form, according to Bloomfield ). There are other factors that may help us identify words: (1) stability (no great change of orthographic features); (2)relative uninterruptibility (we can hardly insert anything between two parts of a word or between the letters). To make the category clearer we can subclassify words into a few types: (1) variable and invariable words(e. g.,-mats, seldom-?); (2) grammatical and lexical words(e. g. to, in ,etc., and table, chair, ect. By “lexical words” we mean the words that carry a semantic content, e.g., nouns, verbs, adjectives and many adverbs; (3) closed-class and open-class words(see I.47).

In order to reduce the ambiguity of the term “word” ,the term “lexeme” is postulated as the abtract unit which refers to the smallest unit in the meaning system of a language that can be distinguished from other smaller units. A lexeme can occur in many different forms in actual spoken or written texts. For example, “write” is the lexeme of the following words: “write”, “write”, “wrote”, “writing”, and “written.”

“Vocabulary” usually refers to all words or lexical items a person has acquired about technical or/and untechnical things. So we encourage our students to enlarge their vocabulary. “vocabulary” is also used to mean word list or glossary.

1.49.What is collocation?

“Collocation” is a term used in lexicology by some linguists to refer to the habitual co-occurrences of individual lexical items. For example, we can “read” a “book”; “correct” can narrowly occur with “book” which is supposed to have faults, but no one can “read” a “mistake” because with regard to co-occurrence these two words are not collocates.



1.50.What is syntax?

“Syntax” is the study of the rules governing the ways in which words, word groups and phrases are combined to form sentences in a language, or the study of the interrelationships between sentential elements.

1.51.What is a sentence?

L. Bloomfield defines “sentence” as an independent linguistic form not included by some grammatical marks in any other linguistic from, i. e., it is not subordinated to a larger linguistic form, it is a structurally independent linguistic form. It is also called a maximum free form.

1.52.What are syntactic relations?

“Syntactic relations” refer to the ways in which words, word groups or phrases form sentences; hence three kinds of syntactic relations: positional relations, relations of substitutability and relations of co-occurrence.

“Positional relation”, or “word order”, refers to the sequential arrangement to words in a language. It is a manifestation of a certain aspect of what F. de Saussure called “syntagmatic relations”, or of what other linguists call “horizontal relations” or “chain relations”.

“Relations of substitutability” refer to classes or sets of words substitutable for each other grammatically in same sentence structures. Saussure called them “associative relations”. Other people call them “paradigmatic/vertical/choice relations”.

By “relations of co-occurrence”, one means that words of different sets of clauses may permit or require the occurrence of a word of another set or class to form a sentence or a particular part of a sentence. Thus relations of co-occurrence partly belong to syntagmatic relations and partly to paradigmatic relations.

1.53.What is IC analysis? What are immediate constituents(and ultimate constituents)?

“IC analysis” is a new approach of sentence study that cuts a sentence into two(or more) segments. This kind of pure segmentation is simply dividing a sentence into its constituent elements without even knowing what they really are . What remain of the first cut are called “immediate constituents”, and what are left at the final cut are called “ultimate constituents”. For example, “John left yesterday” can be thus segmented: “John| left | | yesterday”. We get two immediate constituents for the first cut (|), and they are “John” and “left yesterday”. Further split(||) this sentence generates three “ultimate constituents”: “John”, “left ” and “yesterday”.

1.54.What are endocentric and exocentric constructons?

“Endocentric construction” is one whose distribution is functionally equivalent to that of one or more of its constituents, i. e., a word or a group of words, which serves as a definable “centre” or “head”. Usually noun phrases, verb phrases and adjective phrases belong to endocentric types because the constituent items are subordinate to the head. “Exocentric construction”, opposite of endocentric construction, refers to a group of syntactically related words where none of the words is functionally equivalent to the group as whole ;that is to say ,there is no definable centre or head inside the group. Exocentric construction usually includes basic sentence, prepositional phrase, predicate(verb+object) construction, and connective(be+complement) construction.

1.55.What is a subject? A predicate? An object?

In some language, an “subject” refers to one of the nouns in the nominative case, such as “pater” in the following example: “pater filium amat” (put literally in English: the father the son loves). In English, a “grammatical subject” refers to a noun which can establish correspondence with the verb and which can be checked by a tag-question test, e.g., “He is a good cook(, isn’t he?).”

A “predicate” refers to a major constituent of sentence structure in a binary analysis in which all obligatory constituents other than the subject are considered together. e.g., in the sentence “The monkey is jumping ”, “is jumping ” is the predicate.

Traditionally “object” refers to the receiver or goal of an action, and it is further classified into two kinds: direct object and indirect object. In some inflecting languages, an object is marked by case labels: the “accusative case” for direct object, and the “dative case ” for direct object, and the “dative case” for indirect to word order(after the verb and preposition) and by inflections(of pronouns). E .g., in the sentence “John kissed me”, “me” is the object. Modern linguists suggest that an object refers to such an item that it can become a subject in passive transformation.

1.56.What is category?

The term “category” in some approaches refers to classes and functions in its narrow sense, e.g., noun, verb, subject, predicate, noun phrase, verb phrase, etc. More specifically it refers to the defining properties of these general units: the categories of the noun, for example, include number, gender, case and countability ;and of the verb, for example, tense, aspect, voice, etc.

1.57.What is number? What is gender? What is case?

“Number” is a grammatical category used for the analysis of word classes displaying such contrasts as singular, dual, plural, etc. In English, number is mainly observed in nouns, and there are only two forms: singular and plural. Number is also reflected in the inflections of pronouns and verbs.

“Gender” displays such contrasts as “masculine”, “feminine”, “neuter”, or “animate” and “inanimate”, etc., for the analysis of word classes. When word items refer to the sex of the real-world entities, we natural gender(the opposite is grammatical gender).

“Case” identifies the syntactic relationship between words in a sentence. In Latin grammar, cases are based on variations in the morphological forms of the word, and are given the terms “accusative”, “nominative”, “dative”,etc. In English, the case category is realized in three ways: by following a preposition and by word order.

1.58.What is concord? What is government?

“Concord ” may be defined as requirement that the forms of two or more words of specific word classes that stand in specific syntactic relationship with one another shall be characterized by the same paradigmatically marked category or categories, e.g., “man runs”, “men run”. “Government” requires that one word of a particular class in a given syntactic class shall exhibit the form of a specific category. In English, government applies only to pronouns among the variable words ,that is , prepositions and verbs govern particular forms of the paradigms of pronouns according to their syntactic relation with them, e.g. , “I helped him; he helped me.”

1.59.What is a phrase? What is a clause?

A “phrase” is a single element of structure containing more than one word, and lacking the subject-predicate structure typical of “clauses”. Traditionally, it is seen as part of a structural hierachy, falling between a clause and word, e.g., “the three tallest girls” (nominal phrase). There is now a tendency to make a distinction between word groups and phrases. A “word group” is an extension of a word of a particular class by way of modification with its main features of the class unchanged. Thus we have nominal group, verbal group, adverbial group, conjunction group and preposition group.

A “clause” is group of words with its own subject and predicate included in a larger subject-verb construction, namely, in a sentence. Clauses can also be classified into two kinds: finite and non-finite clauses, the latter referring to what are traditionally called infinitive phrase, participle phrase and gerundial phrase. (For “sentence”, see I.51.)

1.60.What is conjoining? What is embedding? What is recursiveness?

“Conjoining” refers to a construction where one clause is co-ordinated or conjoined with another, e. g., “John bought a cat and his wife killed her.” “Embedding” refers to the process of construction where one clause is included in the sentence (or main clause) in syntactic subordination, e.g., “I saw the man who had killed a chimpanzee.” By “recursiveness” we mean that there is theoretically no limit to the number of the embedded clauses in a complex sentence. This is true also with nominal and adverbial clauses, e.g., “I saw the man who killed a cat who…a rat which…that…”



1.61.What is hypotactic relation? What is paratactic relation?

“Hypotactic relation” refers to a construction where constituents are linked by means of conjunction, e.g. “He bought eggs and milk.” “Paratactic relation” refers to constructions which are connected by juxtaposition, punctuation or intonation, e. g., “He bought tea, coffee, eggs and milk” (pay attention to the first three nouns connected without “and”).

1.62.What is semantics?

“Semantics” refers to the study of the communication of meaning through language. Or simply, it is the study of meaning.

1.63.What is meaning?

Though it is difficult to define, “meaning” has the following meaning: (1) an intrinsic property; (2) the connotation of a word; (3) the words put after a dictionary entry; (4) the position an object occupies in a system; (5) what the symbol user actually refers to; (6) what the symbol user should refer to; (7) what the symbol user believes he is referring to; (8) what the symbol interpreter refers to; (9) what the symbol interpreter believes it refers to; (10) what the symbol interpreter believes the user refers to… linguists argued about “meaning of meaning” fiercely in the result of “realism”, “conceptualism/mentalism”, “mechanism”, “contextualism”, “behaviorism”, “functionalism”, etc. (see Hu Zhuanglin et al., pp140-142). Mention ought to be made of the “Semantic Triangle Theory” of Ogden & Richards. We use a word and the listener knows what it refers to because, according to the theory, they have acquired the same concept/reference of the word used and of the object/referent.

1.64.What is the difference&shy;&shy;&shy;&shy;&shy;&shy;&shy; between meaning, concept, connotation, sense, implication, denotation, notation, reference, implicature and signification?

“Meaning” refers to the association of language symbols with the real word. (2) “Concept” or “notion” is the impression of objects in people’s mind. (3) “connotation” is the implied meaning ,similar to “implication” and “implicature”. (4) “Sense” is the lexical position in which a word finds itself. (5) “Denotation”, like “sense”, is not directly related with objects, but makes the abstract assumption of the real world. (6) “Reference” is the word-object relationship. (7) “Implicature”, in its narrow sense, refers to conversational implicature achieved by intentionally violating one of the four CP maxims (see I.122-123). (8) “Signification”, in contrast with “value”, mean the meaning of situation may not have any communicative value, like “What’s this?”

1.65.What is the Semantic/Semiotic Triangle?

Ogden and Richards presented the classic “Semantic Triangle” as manifested in the following diagram, in which the “symbol” or “form” refers to the linguistic elements (word, sentence, etc.), the “referent” refers to the object in the world of experience, and “thought” or “reference” refers to concept or notion. Thus, the symbol a word signifies “things” by virtue of the “concept”, associated with the form of the word in the mind of the speaker of the language. The “concept” thus considered is meaning of the word.

1.66.What is contextualism?

“Contextualism” is based on the presumption that one can derive meaning from, or reduce it to, observable context: the “situational context” and the “linguistic context”. Every utterance occurs in a particular spatio-temporal situation, as the following factors are related to the situational context: (1) the speaker and the hearer; (2) the actions they are performing at the time; (3) various external objects and events; (4) deictic features.

The “linguistic context” is another aspect of contextualism. It considers the probability of one word’s co-occurrence or collocation with another, which forms part of the meaning, and an important factor in communication.

1.67.How many kinds of meaning did linguists find and study?

C.C.Fries(1952) makes a traditional distinction between lexical meaning and structural meaning. The former is expressed by those “meaningful” parts of speech, such as nouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs, and is given in the dictionary associated with grammar. The latter expresses the distinction between the subject and the object of a sentence, oppositions of definiteness, tense the number, and the difference between statements, questions and requests. In a word, “the total linguistic meaning of any utterance consists of the lexical meaning of the separate words plus such structural meaning…”

G. Leech(1981) categorizes seven kinds of meaning, five of which are brought under the “associative meaning” (see the following chart).

Different from the traditional and the functional approach, F.R.Palmer(1981) and J.Lyons(1977) suggest we draw a distinction between sentence meaning and utterance meaning, the former being directly predictable from the grammatical and lexical features of the sentence, while the latter includes all the various types of meaning not necessarily associated thereto.

1.68.What is synonymy?

“Synonymy” is used to mean sameness or close similarity of meaning. Dictionary makers (lexicographers) rely on the existence of synonymy for their definitions. Some semanticians maintain, however, that there are no real synonyms, because two or more words named synonyms are expected without exception to differ from one another in one of the following aspects:

(1) In shades of meaning (e.g., finish, complete, close, conclude, terminate, finalize, end, etc.);

(2) In stylistic meaning(see 1.67);

(3) In emotive meaning(or affective meaning, see 1.67);

(4) In range of use (or collocative meaning, see 1.67);

(5) In British and American English usages [e.g., autumn (BrE), fall (AmE)].

Simeon Potter said,“ Language is like dress. We vary our dress to suit the occasion. We do not appear at a friend’s silver-wedding anniversary in gardening clothes, nor do we go punting on the river in a dinner-jacket.” This means the learning lf synonyms is important to anyone that wishes to use his language freely and well.

1.69.What is Antonymy? How many kinds of antonyms are there?

The term “antonymy” is used for oppositions of meaning; words that stand opposite in meaning are called “antonyms”, or opposites, which fall in there categories 1)gradable antonyms(e.g, good-bad); (2)complementary antonyms(e.g., single-mar-ried); (3)relational antonyms(e.g., buy-sell).

1.70.What is hyponymy? What is a hyponym? What is superordinate?

“Hyponymy” involves us in the notion of meaning inclusion. It is a matter of class membership. That is to say, when X id a kind of Y, the lower term X is the “hyponym”, and the upper term Y is the “superordinate”. Two or more hyponyms sharing the same one superordinate are called “co-hyponyms”. For example, “flower” is the superordinate of “tulip”, “violet” and “rose”, which are the co-hyponyms of “flower”.

1.71.What is polysemy? What is homonymy?

“Polysemy” refers to the semantic phenomenon that a word may have than one meaning. For example, “negative”, means(1)a statement saying or meaning “no”, (2)a refusal or denial, (3)one of the following words and expressions: no, not, nothing, never, not at all, etc. ,(4) a negative photograph or film. But we can sometimes hardly tell if a form has several meanings or it is a different word taking this form; hence the difference between polysemy and homonymy.

1.72.What is entailment?

“Entailment” can be illustrated by the following two sentences, with Sentence A entailing Sentence B:

A: He married a blonde heiress.

B: He married a blonde.

In terms of truth value, the following relationships exist between these two sentences 1) When A is true, B is necessarily true;(2) When B is false, too;(3) when A is false, B may be true or false ;(4) When B is true, A may be true or false. Entailment is basically a semantic relation or logical implication, but we have to assume co-reference of “He” in sentence A and sentence B, before we have A entail B.

1.73.What is presupposition?

Similar to entailment, “presupposition” is a semantic relationship or logical connection. The above-mentioned “When phrase No.1”is also true with presupposition. For example:

A: The girl he married was an heiress.

B: He married a girl.

But there is an important difference: Presupposition is not subject to negation, i.e., when A is false, B is still true. Other statements about the truth value in presupposition are 1) When B is true, A can either be true or false;(2) When B is false, A has no truth value at all. Presupposition does not have to be found between two propositions. An example in point is :“ When did you stop beating your wife?” This presupposes that he has been beating his wife.

1.74.What is componential analysis?

“Componential analysis” defines the meaning of a lexical element in terms of semantic components. For example, we may “clip” the following words “Man”, “Woman”, “Boy” and “Girl” so that we have only separate parts of them.

Man: +Human+Adult+Male

Woman:+Human+Adult-Male

Boy:+Human-Adult+Male

Girl:+Huamn-Adult-Male

1.75.What is predication analysis? What is a one-place predicate? What is a two-place predicate? What is a no-place predicate? What are down-graded predications?

“Predication analysis” is a new approach for sentential meaning analysis. “Predication” is usually considered an important common category shared by propositions, questions, commands, etc. Predication is to break down the sentence into their smaller constituents: argument (logical participant) and predicate (relation element). The “predicate” is the major or pivotal element governing the argument. We may now distinguish a “two-place predicate” (which governs two arguments, e.g., subject and object), a “one-place predicate” (which governs one argument, i.e., subject) and a “no-place predicate” that has simply no argument(no real subject or object).

1.76.What is a logical operator?

(1)“Logical operator ” make only one kind of the “logical factors” or “logical means”, others being “definiteness”, “ coreference ”, “tense” and “time”, since predication is not the whole of a sentence or proposition. All these factors play a part in prepositional actualization of the predication ---the pining of a predication down a claim about reality.

(2)Example of logical operators are “not”, “and”, “or”, “some”, “if”, “false”, etc. The term “logical operation” reflects the fact that these meaning elements are often thought of as performing operations, controlling elements of the semantic system, so to speak.

1.77.Why is writing important? Why is speech considered prior to writing?

(1)Language can take the form of speech or writing, the former using sound as medium and the latter employing visual symbols. No one could tell when mankind first spoke; nor could people tell when mankind developed the first writing. A writing system consists of a graphemes plus characteristic features of their use, resulting in the diversion of the writing forms; word writing, syllabic writing and sound writing.

(2)It is widely considered that speech is the primary medium, and writing the secondary medium. But this comparative diminution does not mean that writing is unimportant. With the shot-lived memory and the finite capacity of information storing, writing is used, partly for compensation and partly for better communication. We cannot trust the negotiation counterpart so we turn to the writing and signing of an agreement. Writing leads people to the acme of science, study and research, and to the ultimate joy of literature

1.78.What is a pictogram? What is an ideogram?

(1)A “pictogram” refers to an inscription representing the features of a physical object. The Hebrew and the Chinese orthography still reflects traces of their pictorial origin. For instance, the letter “a” (aleph) imitates the head of an ox and the letter “b” (beth) imitates a horse. And “niú”, “mǎ”, “hǔ”and hundreds more of Chinese words derived from, and still keep the pictorial resemblance to, the shapes of the things or objects.

(2)The advantage of pictograms is that they can be easily understood by anyone. That explains why international road signs and public-toilet signs make a wide use of them.

An “ideogram” means an idea picture or idea writing. In order to express the attribute of an object or concepts associated with it, the pictogram’s meaning had to be extended. For instance, a picture of the sun does not necessarily represent the object itself, but connotes “warmth”, “heat”, “light”, “daytime”, etc. In spite of its disadvantages, the later form of ideograms turned out to be linguistic symbols, symbols for the sounds of these objects. The process is called the “Rebus Principle” indicating that writing is like a riddle composed of words or syllables depicted by symbols or pictures that suggest the sound of the words or syllables they represent.

1.79.What is word writing? What is sound writing? What is syllabic writing?

(1)Word writing refers to the writing system based on ideograms and/or pictograms, like Chinese (see 1.78). “Sound writing ” or “alphabetic writing”, which dominates the world, derived form the Latin alphabet with mild adjustments. Most of the European alphabets belong to the sound writing system, e.g., Spanish, German, French, English, etc.

(2)“Syllabic writing” is a word-syllabus writing, developed by the Egyptians. Japanese is a typical syllabic-writing language, though derived from Chinese, a Sino-Tibetan language. The Japanese modified the Chinese characters they had borrowed from ancient China so that the Japanese syllables(to the number of fifty) were each represented, either by what is called “hiragana” or by what is name “katakana”.

1.80.What is an alphabet? What is a syllabary?

An “alphabet” refers to the letters or signs representing speech sounds used in writing a language , arranged in a conventional order. A “syllabary” refers to a set or table or system of written characters representing syllables rather than individual sounds.

1.81.What is a grapheme? What is orthography?

(1)A “grapheme” is the minimal constructive unit in the writing system of a language. The English grapheme A is represented by A,α,a etc.

(2)Orthography means correct spelling, spelling rules or attempts to improve spelling.

1.82.What is reference?

“Reference”, as far as writing is concerned, means that in a sound writing system the graphemes and the phonemes are expected to build up and to keep up co-reference. For instance, the Reference of the English grapheme B generally is “b” and that of the grapheme X is “ks”. The problem with reference is that more than one phoneme can be represented by one single letter or grapheme. The grapheme O, for example, can represent its its different corresponding phonemes as in: so [], money [], together [], sob [].

For reference used in the sense of “sense” or “meaning”, place refer back to 1.64.

1.83.What is affixation, conversion and compounding?

(1)”Affixation” is the morphological process whereby grammatical of lexical information is added to the base (root or stem). It has been the oldest and the most productive word-formation method in the English language and some other European languages. “Prefixation” means addition of a prefix to make a new word, while “suffixation” means adding a suffix to a word. The word “unfaithful” is result of both prefixation and suffixation.

(2)“Conversion” (called sometimes “full conversion”) is a word-formation process by which a word is altered from one part of speech into another without the addition (or deletion) of any morpheme. “Partial conversion” is also alteration when a word of one word-class appears in a function which is characteristic of another word-class, e.g., “ the wealthy” (=wealthy people).



(3)”Compounding” is so complex a word-formation process as far as English is concerned that there is no formal criterion that can be used for the definition of it, though it may mean simply that two words or more come together used as one lexical item, like “dustbin”.

1.84.What is blending, abbreviation and back formation?

(1)”Blending” is a relatively complex form of compounding in which two roots are blended by joining the initial part of the first root and the final part of the second root, or by joining the initial parts of the two roots, e.g., smog→smoke+fog, boatel→boat+hotel, etc.

(2)”Abbreviation”, also called in some cases “clipping”, means that a word that seems unnecessarily long is shortened, usually by clipping either the front or the back part of it, e.g., telephone→phone, professor→prof., etc.

Broadly speaking, abbreviation includes acronyms that are made up from the first letters of the long name of an organization, e.g., World Bank→WB, European Economic Community→EEC, etc. Other examples of acronyms can be found with terminologies, to be read like one word, e.g., radio detecting and ranging→radar []. Test of English as a Foreign Language→TOEFL [], etc.

(3)“Back-formation” refers to an abnormal type of word-formation where a shorter word is derived by detecting an imagined affix from a longer form already present in the language. It is a special kind of metanalyais, combined with analogical creation (see 1.85), e.g., editor→edit, enthusiasm→enthuse, etc.

1.85.What is analogical creation? What is borrowing?

The process of “analogical creation”, as one of the English tendencies in English word-formation, refers to the phenomenon that a new word or a new phrase is coined by analogy between a newly created one and an existing one. For example, “marathon” appeared at the First Olympic Games and by analogy modern English created such words as “telethon”, “talkthon”, etc. Analogy may create single words(e.g., sunrise-moonrise, earthrise, etc.; earthquake-starquake, youthquake, etc.) and phrases( e.g., environmental pollution-sound pollution, air pollution, cultural pollution,etc.).

“Borrowing” means the English language borrowed words from foreign languages, which fall in four categories: aliens, denizens, translation-loans and semantic borrowings.

“Aliens” are foreign loans that still keep their alien shapes, i. e., morphological and phonological features, e.g., “elite”, “coup détat”, “coupé”, etc.(from French). “Deniens” , also foreign words, have transformed their foreign appearance, i.e., they have been Angolcized (or Americanized), e. g., “get” (a Scandinavian borrowing), “theater” (a French loan), etc. “Hybrids” are also denizens, because they are words made up of two parts both from foreign soil, such as “sociology” (“socio-” from French and -logy from Greek).

“Translation-loans” are words imported by way of translation, e. g., “black humor” from French(“humor noir”), “found object” form French ,too (“object trouve”), etc. Finally, semantic borrowings have acquired new meaning under the influence of language or languages other than the source tongue. For example, “gift” mean “the price of a wife ” in Old English (450-1150AD), and after the semantic borrowing of the meaning of “gift or present” of the Scandinavian term “gipt”, it meant and still means “gift” in the modern sense of it.

1.86.What is assimilation, dissimilation and metathesis?

“Assimilation” refers to change of a sound as the result of the influence of an adjacent sound, which is called “contact” or “contiguous” assimilation. The assimitative processes at word in language could be explained by the “theory of least effort” ,i.e., in speaking we tend to exert as little effort as possible so that we do not want to vary too often places of articulation in uttering a sequence of sounds. Assimilation takes place in quick speech very often. In expressions such as “immobile” , “illegal”, etc., the negative prefixes should be or have been “in-” etymologically.

“Dissimilation”, opposite of assimilation, is the influence exercised by one sound segment upon the articulation of another sound, so that the sounds become less alike than expected. As there are two[r] sounds in the Latin word “peregrines”, for instance, the first segment had to dissimilate into[l], hence the English word “pilgrim”.

“Metathesis” is a process involving an alteration in the sequence of sounds. Metathesis had originally been a performance error, which was overlooked and accepted by the speech community. For instance, the word “bird” was “bird” in Old English. The word “ask” used to be pronounced [ask] in Old English, as still occurs in some English dialects.

By Zhang Zuchun 2001/12/30

胡壮麟《语言学教程》课后答案

Annie @ 05-09 18:19

Define the following terms:

1. design feature:are features that define our human languages,such as arbitrariness,duality,creativity,displacement,cultural transmission,etc.

2. function: the use of language tocommunicate,to think ,etc.Language functions inclucle imformative function,interpersonal function,performative function,interpersonal function,performative function,emotive function,phatic communion,recreational function and metalingual function.

3. etic: a term in contrast with emic which originates from American linguist Pike’s distinction of phonetics and phonemics.Being etic mans making far too many, as well as behaviously inconsequential,differentiations,just as was ofter the case with phonetic vx.phonemic analysis in linguistics proper.

4. emic: a term in contrast with etic which originates from American linguist Pike’s distinction of phonetics and phonemics.An emic set of speech acts and events must be one that is validated as meaningful via final resource to the native members of a speech communith rather than via qppeal to the investigator’s ingenuith or intuition alone.

5. synchronic: a kind of description which takes a fixed instant(usually,but not necessarily,the present),as its point of observatiof.Most grammars are of this jind.

6. diachronic:study of a language is carried through the course of its history.

7. prescriptive: the study of a language is carried through the course of its history.

8. prescriptive: a kind of linguistic study in which things are prescribed how ought to be,i.e.laying down rules for language use.

9. descriptive: a kind of linguistic study in which things are just described.

10. arbitrariness: one design feature of human language,which refers to the face that the forms of linguistic signs bear no natural relationship to their meaning.

11. duality: one design feature of human language,which refers to the property of having two levels of are composed of elements of the secondary.level and each of the two levels has its own principles of organization.

12. displacement: one design feature of human language,which means human language enable their users to symbolize objects,events and concepts which are not present c in time and space,at the moment of communication.

13. phatic communion: one function of human language,which refers to the social interaction of language.

14. metalanguage: certain kinds of linguistic signs or terms for the analysis and description of particular studies.

15. macrolinguistics: he interacting study between language and language-related disciplines such as psychology,sociology,ethnograph,science of law and artificial intelligence etc.Branches of macrolinguistics include psycholinguistics,sociolinguistics, anthropological linguistics,et

16. competence: language user’s underlying knowledge about the system of rules.

17. performance: the actual use of language in concrete situation.

18. langue: the linguistic competence of the speaker.

19. parole: the actual phenomena or data of linguistics(utterances).

20. Articulatory phonetics: the study of production of speechsounds.

21. Coarticulation: a kind of phonetic process in which simultaneous or overlapping articulations are involved..Coarticulation can be further divided into anticipatory coarticulation and perseverative coarticulation.

22. Voicing: pronouncing a sound (usually a vowel or a voiced consonant) by vibrating the vocal cords.

23. Broad and narrow transcription: the use of a simple set of symbols in transcription is called broad transcription;the use of a simple set of symbols in transcription is called broad transcription;while,the use of more specific symbols to show more phonetic detail is referred to as narrow transcription.

24. Consonant: are sound segments produced by constricting or obstructing the vocal tract at some place to divert,impede,or completely shut off the flow of air in the oral cavity.

25. Phoneme: the abstract element of sound, identified as being distinctive in a particular language.

26. Allophone:any of the different forms of a phoneme(eg.<th>is an allophone of /t/in English.When /t/occurs in words like step,it is unaspirated<t>.Both<th>and <t>are allophones of the phoneme/t/.

27. Vowl:are sound segments produced without such obstruction,so no turbulence of a total stopping of the air can be perceived.

28. Manner of articulation; in the production of consonants,manner of articulation refers to the actual relationship between the articulators and thus the way in which the air passes through certain parts of the vocal tract.

29. Place of articulation: in the production of consonants,place of articulation refers to where in the vocal tract there is approximation,narrowing,or the obstruction of air.

30. Distinctive features: a term of phonology,i.e.a property which distinguishes one phoneme from another.

31. Complementary distribution: the relation between tow speech sounds that never occur in the same environment.Allophones nf the same phoneme are usually in complementary distribution.

32. IPA: the abbreviation of International Phonetic Alphabet,which is devised by the International Phonetic Association in 1888 then it has undergong a number of revisions.IPA is a comprised system employing symbols of all sources,such as Roman small letters,italics uprighted,obsolete letters,Greek letters,diacritics,etc.

33. Suprasegmental:suprasegmental featuresare those aspects of speech that involve more than single sound segments.The principal supra-segmental features aresyllable,stress,tone,,and intonation.

34. Suprasegmental:aspects of speech that involve more than single sound segments.The principle suprasegmental features are syllable,stress,tone,and intonation.

35. morpheme:the smallest unit of language in terms of relationship between expression and content,a unit that cannot be divided into further small units without destroying or drastically altering the meaning,whether it is lexical or grammatical.

36. compoundoly morphemic words which consist wholly of free morphemes,such as classroom,blackboard,snowwhite,etc.

37. inflection: the manifestation of grammatical relationship through the addition of inflectional affixes,such as number,person,finiteness,aspect and case,which do not change the grammatical class of the stems to which they are attached.

38. affix: the collective term for the type of formative that can be used only when added to another morpheme(the root or stem).

39. derivation: different from compounds,derivation shows the relation between roots and affixes.

40. root: the base from of a word that cannot further be analyzed without total lass of identity.

41. allomorph:; any of the different form of a morpheme.For example,in English the plural mortheme is but it is pronounced differently in different environments as/s/in cats,as/z/ in dogs and as/iz/ in classes.So/s/,/z/,and /iz/ are all allomorphs of the plural morpheme.

42. Stem: any morpheme or combination of morphemes to which an inflectional affix can be added.

43. bound morpheme: an element of meaning which is structurally dependent on the world it is added to,e.g. the plural morpheme in “dog’s”.

44. free morpheme: an element of meaning which takes the form of an independent word.

45. lexeme:A separate unit of meaning,usually in the form of a word(e.g.”dog in the manger”)

46. lexicon: a list of all the words in a language assigned to various lexical categories and provided with semantic interpretation.

47. grammatical word: word expressing grammatical meanings,such conjunction,prepositions,articles and pronouns.

48. lexical word: word having lexical meanings,that is ,those which refer to substance,action and quality,such as nouns,verbs,adjectives,and verbs.

49. open-class: a word whose membership is in principle infinite or unlimited,such as nouns,verbs,adjectives,and many adverbs.

50. blending: a relatively compdex form of compounding,in which two words are blended by joining the initial part of the first word and the final part of the second word,or by joining the initial parts of the two words.

51. loanvoord: a prncess in which both form and meaning are borrowed with only a slight adaptation,in some cases,to eh phonological system of the new language that they enter.

52. loanblend: a process in which part of the form is native and part is borrowed, but the meaning is fully borrowed.

53. leanshift: a process in which the meaning is borrowed,but the form is native.

54. acronym: is made up form the first letters of the name of an organization,which has a heavily modified headword.

55. loss: the disappearance of the very sound as a morpheme in the phonological system.

56. back-formation: an abnormal type of word-formation where a shorter word is derived by deleting an imagined affix from a long form already in the language.

57. assimilation: the change of a sound as a result of the influence of an adjacent sound,which is more specifically called.”contact”or”contiguous”assimilation.

58. dissimilation: the influence exercised.By one sound segment upon the articulation of another, so that the sounds become less alike,or different.

59. folk etymology: a change in form of a word or phrase,resulting from an incorrect popular nation of the origin or meaning of the term or from the influence of more familiar terms mistakenly taken to be analogous

60. category:parts of speech and function,such as the classification of words in terms of parts of speech,the identification of terms of parts of speech,the identification of functions of words in term of subject,predicate,etc.

61. concord: also known as agreement,is the requirement that the forms of two or more words in a syntactic relationship should agree with each other in terms of some categories.

62. syntagmatic relation between one item and others in a sequence,or between elements which are all present.

63. paradigmatic relation: a relation holding between elements replaceable with each other at a particular place in a structure,or between one element present and he others absent.

64. immediate constituent analysis: the analysis of a sentence in terms of its immediate constituents---word groups(or phrases),which are in trun analyzed into the immediate constituents of their own,and the process goes on until the ultimate constituents are reached.

65. endocentric construction: one construction whose distribution is functionally equivalent,or approaching equivalence,to one of its constituents,which serves as the centre,or head, of the whole.Hence an endocentric construction is also known as a headed construction.

66. exocentric construction: a construction whose distribution is not functionally equivalent to any to any of its constituents.

67. deep structure: the abstract representation of the syntactic properties of a construction,i.e.the underlying level of structural relations between its different constituents ,such sa the relation between,the underlying subject and its verb,or a verb and its object.

68. surfacte structure: the final stage in the syntactic derivation of a construction,which closely corresponds to the structural organization of a construction people actually produce and receive.

69. c-command: one of the similarities,or of the more general features, in these two government relations,is technically called constituent command,c-command for short.

70. government and binding theory: it is the fourth period of development Chomsky’s TG Grammar, which consists of X-bar theme: the basis,or the starting point,of the utterance.

71. communicative dynamism: the extent to which the sentence element contributes to the development of the communication.

72. ideational function: the speaker’s experience of the real world,including the inner world of his own consciousness.

73. interpersonal function: the use of language to establish and maintain social relations: for the expression of social roles,which include the communication roles created by language itself;and also for getting things done,by means of the interaction between one person and another..

74. textual function: the use of language the provide for making links with itself and with features of the situation in which it is used.

75. conceptual meaning: the central part of meaning, which contains logical,cognitive,or denotative content.

76. denotation: the core sense of a word or a phrade that relates it to phenomena in the real world.

77. connotation: a term in a contrast with denotation,meaning the properties of the entity a word denotes.

78. reference: the use of language to express a propostion,meaning the properties of the entity a word denotes

79. reference: the use of anguage to express a proposition,i.e. to talk about things in context.

80. sense: the literal meaning of a word or an expression,independent of situational context.

81. synonymy: is the technical name for the sameness relation.

82. complentary antonymy: members of a pair in complementary antonymy are complementary to each field completely,such as male,female,absent.

83. gradable antongymy: members of this kind are gradable,such as long:short,big;small,fat;thin,etc.

84. converse antonymy: a special kind of antonymy in that memembers of a pair do not constitute a positive-negative opposition,such as buy;sell,lend,borrow,above,below,etc.

85. relational opposites:converse antonymy in reciprocal social roles,kinship relations,temporal and spatial relations.There are always two entities involved.One presupposes the other. The shorter,better;worse.etc are instances of relational opposites.

86. hyponymy: a relation between tow words,in which the meaning of one word(the superordinate)is included in the meaning of another word(the hyponym)

87. superordinate: the upper term in hyponymy,i.e.the class name.A superordinate usually has several hyponyms.Under animal,for example,there are cats,dogs,pigs,etc,

88. semantic component: a distinguishable element of meaning in a word with two values,e.g<+human>

89. compositionality: a principle for sentence analysis, in which the meaning of a sentence depends on the meanings of the constituent words and the way they are combined.

90. selection restriction:semantic restrictions of the noun phrases that a particular lexical item can take,e.g.regret requires a human subject.

91. prepositional logic: also known as prepositional calculus or sentential calculus,is the study of the truth conditions for propositions:how the truth of a composite propositions and the connection between them.

92. proposition;what is talk about in an utterance,that part of the speech act which has to do with reference.

93. predicate logic: also predicate calculus,which studies the internal structure of simple.

94. assimilation theory: language(sound,word,syntax,etc)change or process by which features of one element change to match those of another that precedes or follows.

95. cohort theory: theory of the perception of spoken words proposed in the mid-1980s.It saaumes a “recognition lexicon”in which each word is represented by a full and independent”recognistion element”.When the system receives the beginning of a relevant acoustic signal,all elements matching it are fully acticated,and,as more of the signal is received,the system tries to match it independently with each of them,Wherever it fails the element is deactivated;this process continues until only one remains active.

96. context effect: this effect help people recognize a word more readily when the receding words provide an appropriate context for it.

97. frequency effect: describes the additional ease with which a word is accessed due to its more frequent usage in language.

98. inference in context: any conclusion drawn from a set of proposition,from something someone has said,and so on.It includes things that,while not following logically,are implied,in an ordinary sense,e.g.in a specific context.

99. immediate assumption: the reader is supposed to carry out the progresses required to understand each word and its relationship to previous words in the sentence as soon as that word in encountered.

100. language perception:language awareness of things through the physical senses,esp,sight.

101. language comprehension: one of the three strand of psycholinguistic research,which studies the understanding of language.

102. language production: a goal-directed activety,in the sense that people speak and write in orde to make friends,influence people,convey information and so on.

103. language production: a goal-directed activity,in the sense that people speak and write in order to make friends,influence people,concey information and so on.

104. lexical ambiguity:ambiguity explained by reference to lexical meanings:e.g.that of I saw a bat,where a bat might refer to an animal or,among others,stable tennis bat.

105. macroproposition:general propositions used to form an overall macrostructure of the story.

106. modular hich a assumes that the mind is structuied into separate modules or components,each governed by its own principles and operating independently of others.

107. parsing:the task of assigning words to parts of speech with their appropriate accidents,traditionally e.g.to pupils learning lat in grammar.

108. propositions hatever is seen as expressed by a sentence which makes a statement.It is a property of propositions that they have truth values.

109. psycholinguistics: is concerned primarily with investigating the psychological reality of linguistic structure.Psycholinguistics can be divided into cognitive psycholing uistics(being concerned above all with making inferences about the content of human mind,and experimental psycholinguistics(being concerned somehow whth empirical matters,such as speed of response to a particular word).

110. psycholinguistic reality: the reality of grammar,etc.as a purported account of structures represented in the mind of a speaker.Often opposed,in discussion of the merits of alternative grammars,to criteria of simplicity,elegance,and internal consistency.

111. schemata in text: packets of stored knowledge in language processing.

112. story structure: the way in which various parts of story are arranged or organized.

113. writing process: a series of actions or events that are part of a writing or continuing developmeng.

114. communicative competence: a speaker’s knowledge of the total set of rules,conventions,etc.governing the skilled use of language in a society.Distinguished by D.Hymes in the late 1960s from Chomsley’s concept of competence,in the restricted sense of knowledge of a grammar.

115. gender difference: a difference in a speech between men and women is”genden difference”

116. linguistic determinism: one of the two points in Sapir-Whorf hypothesis,i.e.language determines thought.

117. linguistic relativity: one of the two points in Spir-Whorf hypotheis,i.e.there’s no limit to the structural diversity of languages.

118. linguistic sexism:many differences between me and women in language use are brought about by nothing less than women’s place in society.

119. sociolinguistics of language: one of the two things in sociolinguistics,in which we want to look at structural things by paying attention to language use in a social context.

120. sociolinguistics of society;one of the two things in sociolinguistics,in which we try to understand sociological things of society by examining linguistic phenomena of a speaking community.

121. variationist linguistics: a branch of linguistics,which studies the relationship between speakers’social starts and phonological variations.

122. performative: an utterance by which a speaker does something does something,as apposed to a constative,by which makes a statement which may be true or false.

123. constative: an utterance by which a speaker expresses a proposition which may be true or false.

124. locutionary act: the act of saying something;it’s an act of conveying literal meaning by means of syntax,lexicon,and phonology.Namely.,the utterance of a sentence with determinate sense and reference.

125. illocutionary act: the act performed in saying something;its force is identical with the speaker’s intention.

126. perlocutionary act: the act performed by or resulting from saying something,it’s the consequence of,or the change brought about by the utterance.

127. conversational implicature: the extra meaning not contained in the literal utterances,underatandable to the listener only when he shares the speaker’s knowledge or knows why and how he violates intentionally one of the four maxims of the cooperative principle.

128. entailment:relation between propositions one of which necessarily follows from the other:e.g.”Mary is running”entails,among other things,”Mary is not standing still”.

129. ostensive communication: a complete characterization of communication is that it is ostensive-infer-ential.

130. communicative principle of relevance:every act of ostensive communication communicates the presumption of its own optimal relevance.

131. relevance: a property that any utterance,or a proposition that it communicates,must,in the nature of communication,necessarily have.

132. Q-principle: one of the two principles in Horn’s scale,i.e.Make your contribution necessary (G.Relation,Quantity2,Manner);Say no more than you must(given Q).

133. division of pragmatic labour: the use of a marked crelatively complex and/or expression when a corresponding unmarkeda(simpler,less”effortful”)alternate expression is available tends to be interpreted as conveying a marked message(one which the unmarked alternative would not or could not have conveyed).

134. constraints on Horn scales:the hearer-based o-Principle is a sufficiency condition in the sense that information provided is the most the speaker is able to..

135. third-person narrator: of the narrator is not a character in the fictional world,he or she is usually called a third –person narrator.

136. I-narrator: the person who tells the story may also be a character in the fictional world of the story,relating the story after the event.

137. direct speech: a kind of speech presentation in which the character said in its fullest form.

138. indirect speech: a kind of speech presentation in which the character said in its fullest form.

139. indirect speech: a kind of speech presentation which is an amalgam of direct speech.

140. narrator’s repreaentation of speech acts: a minimalist kind of presentation in which a part of passage can be seen as a summery of a longer piece of discourse,and therefore even more backgruonded than indirect speech representation would be.

141. narrator”srepresentation of thought acts: a kind of categories used by novelists to represent the thoughts of their of characters are exactly as that used to present speech acts.For example,,she considered his unpunctuality.

142. indirect thought: a kind of categories used by novelist to represent the thoughts of their characters are exactly as that used to present indirect speech.For example,she thought that he woule be late.

143. fee indirect speech: a further category which can occur,which is an amalgam of direct speech and indirect speech features.

144. narrator’s representation of thought acts:a kind of the categories used by novelists to present the thoughts of therir characters are exactly the same as those used to represent a speech e.g.He spent the day thinking.

145. indirect thought: a kind of categories used by novelist to represent the thoughts of their characters are exactly as that used to present indirect speech.For example,she thought that he would be late.

146. fee indirect speech: a further category which can occur,which is an amalgam of direct speech and indirect speech features.

147. narrator”s representation of thought: the categories used by novelists to present the thoughts of their characters are exactly the same as those used to represent a speech e.g.He spent the day thinking.

148. free indirect thought: the categories used by novelists to represent the thoughts of their characters are exactly the same as those used to represent a speech,e.g.He was bound to be late.

149. direct thought: categories used by novelists to represent the thoughts of their characters are exactly the same as those used to represent a speech..

150. computer system: the machine itself together with a keyboard,printer,screen,disk drives,programs,etc.

151. computer literacy: those people who have sufficient knowledge and skill in the use of computers and computer software.

152. computer linguistics: a branch of applied liguistics,dealing with computer processing of human language.

153. Call: cnmputer-assisted language learning(call),refers to the use of a computer in the teaching or learning of a second or foreign language.

154. programnded instruction: the use of computers to monitor student progress,to direct students into appropriate lessons,material,etc.

155. local area network: are computers linked together by cables in a classroom,lab,or building.They offer teachers a novel approach for creating new activities for students that provide more time and experience with target language.

156. CD-ROM: computer disk-read only memory allows huge amount of information to be stored on one disk with quich access to the information.Students and teachers can access information quickly and efficiently for use in and out of the classroom.

157. machine translation: refers to the use of machine(usually computer)to translate texts from one language to another.

158. concordance: the use of computer to search for a particular word,sequence of words.or perhaps even a part of speech in a text.The computer can also receive all examples of a particular word,usually in a context,which is a further aid to the linguist.It can also calculate the number of occurrences of the word so that information on the frequency of the word may be gathered.

159. annotation: if corpora is said to be unannotated-it appears in its existing raw state of plain text,whereas annotated corpora has been enhanced with various type of linguistic information,

160. annotation: if corpora is said to be unannotated—it appears in its existing raw state of plain text,whereas annotated corpora has been enhanced with various type of linguistic information.

161. informational retrieval: the term conventionally though somewhat inaccurately,applied to the type of actrvity discussed in this volume.An information retrieval system does not infor(i.e.change the knowledge of)the user on the subject of his inquiry.it merely informs on the existence(or non-existence)and whereabouts of documents relating to his request.

162. document representative: information structure is concerned with exploiting relationships,between documents to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of retrieval strategies.It covers specifically a logical organization of information,such as document representatives,for the purpose of information retrieval.

163. precision: the proportion of retrieval documents which are relevant.

164. recall: the proportion of retrieval documents which are relevant.

165. applied linguistics: applications of linguistics to study of second and foreign language learning and teaching,and other areas such as translation,the compiling of dictionaries,etc

166. communicative competence: as defined by Hymes,the knowledge and ability involved in putting language to communicative use.

167. syllabus:the planning of course of instruction.It is a description of the cousr content,teaching procedures and learning experiences.

168. interlanguage:the type of language constructed by second or foreign language learners who are still in the process of learning a language,i.e.the language system between the target language and the learner’s native language

169. transfer: the influence of mother tongue upon the second language.When structures of the two languages are similar,we can get positive transfer of facilitation;when the two languages are different in structures,negative transfer of inference occurs and result in errors.

170. validity: the degree to which a test meansures what it is meant to measure.There are four kinds of validity,i.e.content validity,construct validity,empirical valiodity,and face validity.

171. rebiability: can be defined as consistency.There are two kinds of reliability,i.e.stability reliability,and equiralence reliability.

172. hypercorrection: overuse of a standard linguistic features,in terms of both frequency,i.e.overpassing the speakers of higher social status,and overshooting the target,i.e.extending the use of a form inalinguistic environment where it is not expected to occur,For example,pronouncing ideas as[ai’dier],extending pronouncing post-vocalic/r/ in an envorienment where it’s not supposed to occur.

173. discrete point test: a kind of test in which language structures or skills are further divided into individual points of phonology,syntax and lexis.

174. integrative test: a kind of test in which language structures or skills are further divided into individual points of phonology,syntax and lexis.

英美文学考前串讲

cnoff.com 1456 11-29

前言:大家好!为了帮助广大的考生在有效的时间内达到较好的复习效果,我们总结了近几年来京城一些名师的串讲资料,以及上课老师所讲的重点内容.对于没有上过课的学生,相信它会给您一个指导性的作用,帮助您达到事半功倍的效果!而对于上过课的考生来说,再看以下的串讲内容效果当然会更好!

以下的串讲内容包括三方面内容:

第一部分:介绍考试题型及评分标准

第二部分:考试习题集 (以串讲内容及课本重点知识为依据).

第三部分: 考试注意事项

(由于时间有限,难免有不足,还请大家原谅!)

Wish you all Success! Good Luck!

Part I Introduction about Examination:

1) 考试题型

第一部分: 选择题:

I. Multiple Choice: (40 points, 1 point for each)

E.g. Shakespeare’s greatest tragedies are the following works except ____.

A. Hamlet

B. King Lear

C. Romeo and Juliet

D. Othello

Answer: C. (可参考课本P33)

II. Reading Comprehension (16 points, 4 points for each)

也就是根据选读中的一句话或一段话,回答三个问题,这些完成来自于书上,在以下的串讲中我们会给大家做具体的总结,以帮助大家顺利的通过考试!

例如:

2001年考过的一个题目:

“Wild Spirit, which art moving everywhere;/Destroy and Preserver’ hear, O hear!”

Questions:

A. Identify the poem and the poet.

B. What is the "Wild Spirit"?

C. What does the "Wild Spirit" destroy and preserve?

Answer:

A: Shelly’s "Ode to the West wind"

雪莱的《西风颂》

B. The West wind: "breath of Autumn’s being’’

C. It destroys things /thoughts / idea that are dead, it preserves new life. (or seeds that represent new life or new birth.)

(可参考课本P211)

评分标准:

A,B,各1分,C,2分. 语言错误酌情扣分

第二部分是非选择题 (共44分)

III. Questions and Answers (24 points in all, 6 points for each)

例如:"My boy!" said the old gentleman, learning over the desk. Oliver started at the sound. He might be excused for doing so, for the words were kindly said, and strange sounds frighten one. He trembled violently, and burst into tears." (Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist)

Explain why the boy (Oliver Twist) started first, then trembled violently and burst into tears when the words were” kindly" said.

参考答案:

The boy started at the words because kind words were not expected; it is (was, must be) the first time in all his life that the boy (Oliver Twist) had been “kindly” greeted; strange sounds may predict another suffering/misfortune/torture/…) (At least one example from the text to back up the above statement.)

评分标准:

概述占4分, 例子占2分.语言错误酌情扣分.

IV. Topic discussion (20 points in all, 10 points for each)

Write no less than 150 words on each of the following topics

in English in the corresponding space on the answer sheet.

例如:

Mark Twin presented the 19th century American in his own unique way. Discuss Twain’s art of fiction: the setting, the language, and the characters, etc., based on his novel The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn.

参考答案:

A.Mark Twain uses the Mississippi alley as his fictional kingdom, writing about the landscape and people, the customs and the dialects of one particular region, and therefore known as a local colorist.

B.He creates life-like characters, especially the unconventional Huckleberry Finn, who runs away from civilization and stands opposite to conventinnal village morality.

C.He uses a simple, direct vernacular language, totally different from any precious literary language. It is the kind of colloquial language belonging to the lower class, the living local American English.

D.He has created a special humor to satirize social injustice and the decayed convention.

评分标准:

A,B, C三点各三分,D点1分.语言错误酌情扣分.

注意: 在做这一类题时,不必死记硬背,一些不认识的生词可以换成你较熟悉的词来代替,只要意思表达清楚,把关键词答上,就可以得到基本的分数.切忌在做题的过程中死记硬背,这样很容易在考试中遗忘所及的内容,要在理解的基础上,融会贯通,充分发挥!万一考试时忘了也不能放弃,宁可多写,也不能少些或不写.

附: 非选择题的评分标准:

1. 提供的答案仅供参考.如果考生答出了参考答案的多数要点,

而且某些要点有较好发挥,可给满分. 如果考生的回答与参考答案不完全吻合, 但确实有理由据, 能够自圆其说, 可适当给分.如果考生的答案在一两点上有创新, 即使在整体上不够全面, 也应酌情给高分, 但不应超过该题的最高分值.分数不得超过该题的最高分值.分数不得出现0.5分.

2. 考生答非所问不给分.

3. 阅卷时,内容和语言要综合考虑.语言表达不好的要适当扣分. 评判语言好坏及扣分原则如下:

1)语言通顺, 表达清楚, 很少语法错误和拼写错误,则基本根据内容评分.

2)语言基本通顺, 有少数语法错误和拼写错误, 应扣去该题分值的,应扣去该题分值的20%.

3)语言不通顺, 表达不连贯, 有较多语法错误和拼写错误,应扣去该题分值的40%.

4)语言很不通顺,无法表达连贯的意思, 应扣去该题分值的60%.

注: 英美文学这本书共八章,英国文学是五章,美国文学是三章,而在考试中, 英国文学占55%--60%, 美国文学占40%--45%,所以大家要分清主次,以便能在有效地时间内达到最好的效果!切忌:在看串讲资料的过程中,不能只记选择题的答案,一定要记住考点,融会贯通,灵活运用!

Chapter 8

第八章

Justice and the law

法律与司法机构

There is no single legal system in the United Kingdom. A feature common to all systems of law in the United Kingdom is that there is no complete code. The sources of law include (1) statutes; (2) a large amount of “unwritten” or common law; (3) equity law; (4) European Community. Another common feature is the distinction made between criminal law and civil law.

联合王国不实行完全统一的法律制度。联合王国所有法律制度的一个共同特点是没有以部完整的法典。法典来源包括:(1)成文法;(2)大量的“不成文法”或习惯法;(3)衡平法;(4)欧共体法。另一个共同的特点是刑法和民法之间的区别。

I.Criminal Proceedings

刑事诉讼程序

1. In England and Wales, once the police have charged a person with a criminal offence, the crown Prosecution Service assumes control of the case reviews the evidence to decide whether to prosecute.

在英格兰和威尔士,一旦警察指控某人犯有刑事罪,皇家检察总署就要接管此案,并独立地审核证据以决定是否起诉。

2. In Britain all criminal trial are held in open count because the criminal law presumes the innocence of the accused until he has been proved guilty beyond reasonable doubt. The prosecution and the defense get equal treatment. No accused person has to answer the question of the police before trial. He is not compelled to give evidence in count. Every accused person has the right to employ a legal adviser to conduct his defense. If he can not afford to pay, he may be granted aid at public expense. In criminal trial by jury, the judge passes sentence, but the jury decided the issue of guilt or innocence. The jury composed of 12 or ordinary people. If the verdict of the jury can not be unanimous, it must be a majority.

在英国,所有的刑事审判都在法院公开进行。因为刑法认为,在消除合理怀疑证明被告有罪之前,他是无辜的。原告与被告同样平等,审判时被告不必回答警察的问题,不许强迫被告提供证据。每位被告都有权雇佣律师为其辩护。如果他不能支付律师费,可以用公用费用提供帮助。在由陪审团进行的刑事审判中,法官判刑,但陪审团决定是否有罪。陪审团一般由12人组成。如果陪审团不能做出一致判决,也必须是多数决定。

3.A verdict of “ not guilt” means acquittal for the accused, who can never again be charged with that specific crime.

“无罪”裁决意味着被告无罪,并且永远不得再以此罪名对其指控。



Chapter 2 The Neoclassical Period

I. Choose the right answer:

1. ____brings Henry Fielding the name of the "Prose Homer".

A.The Pilgrim’s Progress

B.Tom Jones

C.Robison Crusoe

D.Colonel Jack

Answer: B (P122)

2. Alexander Pope worked painstakingly on his poems

and finally brought to its last perfection ______Dryden

had successfully used in his plays.

A.the heroic couplet

B.the free verse

C.the blank verse

D.the Spenserian stanza

Answer: A (P92)

3. Of all the 18th century novelists ___was the first to set out,

both in theory and practice, to write specially a "comic epic in prose."

A.Henry Fielding

B.Daniel Defoe

C.Jonathan Swift

D.John Bunyan

Answer: A (P120)

4. ____is the most successful religious allegory in the English language.

A.Genesis A

B.The Holy War

C.The Pilgrims progress

D.Exodus

Answer: C (P85)

5. In which of the following works can you find the proper names

"Lilliput", "Brobdingnag", "Houyhnhnm" and "Yahoo"?

A.The Pilgrim’s Progress

B.The Faririe Queene

C.Gulliver’s travels

D.The School of Scandel

Answer: C (P108)

6. "As shades more sweetly recommend the light,

So modest plainness sets off sprightly wit;

For works may have more wit than does’em good

As bodies perish through excess of blood."

In the above lines, Pope tries to sat that_______.

A.more wit will make better poetry

B.plainness is more important than wit in poetry

C.too much wit will destroy good poetry

D.plainness will make wit dull

Answer: C (P93-94)

7. The Rape of the Lock by Alexander Pope is written in the form

of a mock______, which describes the triviality of high society

in a grand style.

A.epic

B.elegy

C.sonnet

D.ode

Answer: A (P92)

8. Which of the following is NOT a typical feature of

Samuel Johnson’s language style?

A.His sentences are long and well structured.

B.His sentences are interwoven with parallel words.

C.He tends to use informal and colloquial words.

D.His sentences are complicated, but his thoughts are clearly expressed.

Answer: C (P132)

9. "The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power,

And all that beauty, all that wealth e’er gave,

Awaits alike the inevitable hour.

In the above quoted passage, Thomas Gray intends to say

that great family, power, beauty and wealth___________.

A.will never make people lead to the same destination----paths of glory.

B.will inevitably make people realize their glorious dreams

C.are the very best things to lead people to their glories

D.will never prevent people from reaching their final destination---grave.

Answer: D (P154)

10. ____has been regarded by some as "Father of the English novel"

for his contribution to the establishment of the form of the modern novel.

A.John Bunyan

B.Henry Fielding

C.Daniel Defoe

D.Johnathan Swift

Answer: B (P121)

11. ____was very much concerned with the theme of the vanity

of human wishes and tried to awaken men to this folly

and hoped to cure them of it through his writing.

A.Samuel Johnson

B.Jonathan Swift

C.Richard Brinsley Sheridan

D.Thomas Gray

Answer: A (P132)

12. ____was the only important dramatist of the 18th century,

in his plays, morality is the constant theme.

A.Alexander Pope

B.Richard Brinsley Sheridan

C.Samuel Johnson

D.George Bernard Shaw

Answer: B (P136)

13. As the representative of the Enlightenment, Pope was one

of the first to introduce___to England.

A.Rationalism

B.Criticism

C.Romanticism

D.Realism

Answer: A (P91)

14. The Rivals and ____are generally regarded as important links

between the masterpiece of Shakespeare and those of Bernard Shaw.

A.The School for Scandal

B.The Duenna

C.Widower’s Houses

D.The Doctor’s Dilemma

Answer: A (P137)

15. ____is a sharp satire on the moral degeneracy(道德沦丧) of the

aristocratic-bourgeois society in the 18th century England.

A.The Rivals

B.Gulliver’s Travels

C.Toms Jones

D.The School for Scandal

Answer: D (P138)

16. The poem "Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard" by Thomas Gray

is regarded as the most representative work of _____.

A.The Metaphysical School

B.The Graveyard School

C.The Gothic School

D.The Romantic School

Answer: B (P152)

17. _______, written in heroic couplet by Pope, is considered

manifesto of English Neoclassicism.

A.An Essay of Dramatic Poetry

B.An Essay on Criticism

C.The Advancing of learning

D.An Essay on Freedom

Answer: B (P93)

18. ______is a typical feature of Swift’s writings.

A.Elegant style

B.Causal narration

C.Bitter satire

D.Complicated sentence structure

Answer: C (P107)

19. In the following writings by Henry Fielding,

which brings him the name of the "Prose Homer"?

A.The Coffee---House Politician.

B.The Tragedy of Tragedies.

C.The History of Tom Jones, A Foundling.

D.The History of Amelia.

Answer: C (P120)

20. "Hold! See whether it is or not before you go to the

door----I have a particular message for you if it should be my brother."

The two sentences are found in ________.

A.The School for Scandal

B.The Rivals

C.The Critic

D.The Scheming Lieutenant

Answer: A (P139)

21. In terms of Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard, which is wrong?

A.The author employs metaphor in this poem.

B.The author excessively expresses his personal melancholy.

C.Here he reveals his sympathy for the poor and the unknown.

D.He mocks the great ones who despise the poor and bring havoc on them.

Answer: B (P152-153)

22. The Houyhnhnms depicted by Jonathan Swift in Gulliver’s Travels are________.

A.horses that are endowed with reason.

B.pigmies that are endowed with admirable qualities

C.giants that are superior in wisdom.

D.Hairy, wild, low and despicable creatures,

who resemble human beings not only in appearance

but also in some other ways.

Answer: A (P108)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

1. "Words are like leaves;

and where they most abound,

Much fruit of sense beneath is rarely found.

False eloquence, like the prismatic glass,

Its gaudy colors spreads on every place;

The face of Nature we no more survey,

All glares alike, without distinction gay."

Questions:

1) Identify the author and the passage;

2) Name the devices used in the passage with examples;

3) Explain "Words….found".

4) What is the mainly implied idea of the passage?

参考答案:

1) The passage is from Pope’s "An Essay on Criticism". (P94)

2) In the passage the author used "Simile" the device,

e.g. "Words are like leaves" and "false eloquence,

like the prismatic glass’ etc.

3) The sentence means: Where/When too many words are used,

they seldom express much sense.

4) The passage implies authors shouldn’t stress too much

the artificial use of Conceit or the external beauty of language,

they should pay special attention to True Wit, which is best

set in the plain style. (just as too many leaves will cover the fruits,

too gaudy/ showy glass will hide the face the Nature,

too false and eloquent language will hide the Wit in the articles.)

2. "Let not Ambition mock their useful toil,

Their homely joys, and destiny obscure;

Nor Grandeur hear with a disdainful smile

The short and simple annals of the poor.

The boast of heraldry, the pomp of power,

And all that beauty, all that wealth e’er gave,

Awaits alike the inevitable hour.

The paths of glory lead but to the grave."

Questions:

1) Identify the author and the works;

2) What does "the inevitable hour"?

3) Explain the first stanza;

4) What does the whole passage imply.

参考答案:

1) This is Thomas Gray’s "Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard".

托马斯·格雷的《写在教堂墓地的挽歌》(P154)

2) "The inevitable hour" means time of death. (P156)

3) The first stanza means: The men with ambition and high position

shouldn’t laugh at the ordinary people for their simple life and hard work.

4) In the passage, the poet reflects on the death----no matter how poor or wealthy,

or how important and humble, every is equal before death, the author gives

much sympathy to the poor and unknown (P153)

III. Questions and answers:

1.Please analyze the Neoclassical period and the characters of the literature.

参考答案:

1)The Neoclassical period is about 1660-1798, also known as

"the Age of Enlightenment" or "the age of Reason".

2)Its background was:

a.It was an age full of conflicts and difference of values;

b.It was an age of fast development for English to become

the first powerful capitalist country in the world;

c.It was an age of economic development, in which bourgeois/middle class grew rapidly.

3)In essence, the Neoclassical Period was a progressive intellectual movement.

4)The Enlighteners believed in self-restraint, self-reliance and hard work;They celebrated reason/rationality, equality and science.

They advocated universal education, which could make people

rational and prefect, they believed.

5)In literature, The Enlightenment Movement brought about a

revival of interest in the ancient Greek and Roman classical works; the

works at the time, heavily didactic and moralizing; having fixed laws and rules for every type of the literature; among which prose and the modern English novel predominated the age. (At the end of the age sentimentalism and Gothic Novel appeared.) 6) The age was an important age with the remarkable authors Pope, Defoe, etc.

2.Please cite examples from "Gulliver’s Travels" to explain briefly

how did Swift criticized and allude to the government and the society.

参考答案:

1)In the first part of the "Gulliver’s Travels",

Swift described the tricks and practices in the competition

held before royal members to allude to the fact that the success

of the officials was not for their wisdom and excellence but for

their skills in the games;

2)In the part 4 of the book, Swift made horses with reason and good qualities.

The citizens who are "hairy, wild, low and despicable brutes,

who resemble human beings not only in appearance but also in almost every way" to criticize/satirize all respects of the English and European life,

and urge people to consider the nature of the human and life. (P108-109)

3. People always say that: "As a member of the middle class,

Defoe spoke for and to the members of his class" .

How do you understand this sentence? Please explain it with the character of him.

参考答案:

1) In most of his works, Defoe gave his praise to the hard-working,

sturdy middle class and showed his sympathy for the lower-class people.

Robinson Crusoe was such a character.

2) Robison goes out to sea, gets shipwrecked and marooned/landed on a lonely island, struggles to live for 24 years there and finally is saved by a ship and returns to England. During the period Robinson leads a harsh and lonely life and survives by growing corps, taming animals, etc. growing from a naive young man into a hardened man.

3) With a great capacity for work, inexhaustible energy (精力充沛),

courage and persistence in overcoming difficulties(在克服困难方面持之以恒), in struggling against nature, Crusoe becomes the prototype / representative of the empire builder, the pioneer colonist. (他是大英帝国缔造者的完美典范,同时也是殖民者的先驱).

4) In the novel, Defoe glorified human labor and the puritan fortitude

which the middle class praised highly, so he can be regarded as a

spokesman of the bourgeois. (P98-100)

Chapter 3 The Romantic Period

I. Choose the right answer:

1. The Romantic Movement expressed a more or less______

attitude toward the existing social and political conditions.

A.positive

B.negative

C.neutral

D.indifferent

Answer: B (P160)

2. It is _____who established the cult of the individual

and championed the freedom of the human spirit.

A.Jean Jacques Rousseau

B.Johann Wolfgang von Goethe

C.Edmund Burke

D.Thomas Paine

Answer: A (P157)

3. The two major novelists of the English Romantic Period

are _____and Walter Scott.

A.Washington Irving

B.Jane Austen

C.Herman Melville

D.Charles Dickens

Answer: B (P165)

4. _____defines the poet as "man speaking to men,"

and poetry as "the spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings,

which originates in emotion recollected in tranquility."

A.William Blake

B.William Wordsworth

C.Samuel Taylor Coleridge

D.John Keats

Answer: B (P161)

5. For the Romantics, ____is not only the major source of

poetic imagery, but also provides the dominant subject matter.

A.love

B.man

C.nature

D.death

Answer: C (P162)

6. In the Romantic period, ____is the most prosperous literary

form.

A.prose

B.poetry

C.fiction

D.play

Answer: B (P161)

7. The tone of literature in "Song of Experience" by William

Blake is _______.

A.doleful

B.lively

C.plain

D.utter

Answer: A (doleful: 悲哀的P168-169)

8. _____is regarded as a "worship of nature".

A.John Keats

B.William Blake

C.William Wordsworth

D.Jane Austen

Answer: C (P176)

9. Which of the following writings is not created by William

Wordsworth?

A.I Wandered Lonely as a Cloud.

B.Composed upon Westminster Bridge, September 3, 1802.

C.The Solitary Reaper.

D.The Chimney Sweeper.

Answer: D (P179---182)

10. Wordsworth’s short poems can be classified into two groups:

poems about nature and poems about________.

A.love

B.human life

C.freedom

D.social activities

Answer: B (P176)

11. "Don Juan" is Byron’s masterpiece, a great ______of the

early 19th century.

A.comedy

B.tragedy

C.comic epic

D.novel

Answer: C (P194)

12. In his lyrics such as "Ode to Liberty", "Ode to Naples",

Percy Bysshe Shelly expressed his love for_____ and his hatred

toward tyranny.

A.the middle class

B.the poor

C.freedom

D.the proletariat

Answer: C (P207)

13. "Wild Spirit, which art moving everywhere; / Destroy and

Preserver; hear, O hear!" The two lines are found in_____.

A.Young Goodman Brown by Hawthorne

B.Ode to the West Wind by Shelly

C.Leaves of Grass by Walt Whitman

D.Ulysses by Joyce

Answer: B (P212)

14. In Shelly’s "To a Skylark", the bird, suspended between

reality and poetic image, pours forth an exultant song

which suggests to the poet________.

A.both celestial rapture and human limitation

B.both image creation and profound meaning

C.both music and words

D.both inspiration and skills of writing

Answer: A (P206)

15. The author of "Ode on a Grecian Urn" is __________.

A.Wordsworth

B.Austen

C.Byron

D.Keats

Answer: D (217)

16. Jane Austen’s first novel is __________.

A.Pride and Prejudice

B.Sense and Sensibility

C.Emma

D.Plan of a Novel

Answer: B (P222)

17. In terms of Pride and Prejudice, which is not true?

A.Pride and Prejudice is the most popular of Jane Austen’s

novels.

B.Pride and Prejudice is originally drafted as "First

Impressions".

C.Pride and Prejudice is a tragic novel.

D.In this novel, the author explores the relationship between

great love and realistic benefits.

Answer: C (P223-225)

18. After reading the first chapter of Pride and Prejudice,

we may come to know that Mrs.Bennet is a woman of_______.

A.simple character and poor understanding

B.simple character and quick wit

C.intricate character and quick wit

D.intricate character and poor understanding

Answer: A (P227)

19. Romanticism is a period of British literature roughly dated

from _________.

A.1660-----1798

B.1798----1832

C.1483-----1546

D.1836-----1901

Answer: B (P157)

20. Which of the following is the Gothic novel?

A.Shelly’s Prometheus Unbound

B.Keats’ Lamia

C.Mary Shelly’s Frankenstein

D.Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice

Answer: C (P166)

21.The lines "It was a miracle of rare device,

/ A sunny pleasure dome with caves of ice" are found

in__________.

A.Samuel Taylor Coleridge’s "Kubla Khan"

B.William Wordsworth’s Lines Written in Early Spring"

C.John Keats’s "Ode to Autumn"

D.Percy Bysshe Shelly’s "Ode to the West Wind"

Answer: A (P190---191)

22. Which of the following is taken from John Keats’ "Ode on a

Grecial Urn"?

A."I fall upon the thorns of life! I bleed!"

B."They are both gone up to the church to pray.’

C."Earth has not anything to show more fair."

D."Beauty is truth, truth beauty".

Answer: D (P221)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

1. "A little black thing among the snow

Crying "’weep! ’weep! In notes of woe

"where are thy father & mother? Say? "

"They are both gone up to the church to prey."

(1)Identify the poem and poet.

(2)Explain "notes of woe".

(3)What does the sentence mean "they ate both gone up to the

church to prey."

Answer:

(1)It is from "The Chimney Sweeper (from songs of

experience) by Blake.(P172)

(2)"notes of woe" means the songs/notes of sadness.

(3)It implies: religion is the instrument of their repression/

oppression, its nature is to help bring misery to the poor

children.(P169)

2. "The isles of Greece, the isles of Greece!

Where burning Sappho loved and sung,

Where grew the arts of war and peace,

Where Delos rose, and Phoebus sprung!

Eternal summer gilds them all,

But all, except their sun, is set."

(1)Identify the poem and its author;

(2)What does it mean "But all, except their sun, is set."

(3)What does the passage imply?

Answer:

(1)The poet is Byron. The poem is taken from "The Isles of

Greece (from Don Juan)" (P199)

(2)The sentence means: The sun is still on the rise, but the

rest things all set.

(3)The passage implied: The author lamented over the fallen

Greece:

In the past, Greece nurtured/ cultivated great poets and

heroes,who enjoyed freedom and civilization, but now Greece had

been enslaved,the past honorable history couldn’t be found

again. (P199)

3. "With plough and spade and hoe and loom

Trace your grave and build your tomb

And weave your winding-sheet---till fair

England be your Sepulcher"

(1)Explain "sepulcher"

(2)What was the deep implication of the poem?

Answer:

(1)Sepulcher means grave. (P210~211)

(2)The poem ironically addressed to the workers who submit to

capitalist exploitation. It warned them: If they gave up the

struggle, they would be digging graves for themselves wish

their own hands. (P211)

4. "Thou still unravish’d bride of quietness,

Thou foster-child of silence and slow time,

Sylvan historian, who canst thus express

A flowery tale more sweetly than our rhyme:"

(1)Who is the poet? The name?

(2)Explain the sentence.

(3)What was the theme of the poem?

Answer:

(1)This is the "ode on a Grecian Um", which was written by the

poet---John Keats. (P219)

(2)The sentence means: though time has passed, the urn ,

the works of the art still remains, and it tells a

pastoral/lyrical tale to us, and the description of the urn is

much more beautiful than the words of any human. (P218)

(3)The theme is: Human life is transient, but the art is

immortal. (P218)

5. "Place me on Sunium’s marbles steep,

Where nothing, save the waves and I,

May her our mutual murmurs sweep;

There, swan like, let me sing and die:

A land of slaves shall ne’er be mine---

Dash down you cup of Samian wine!"

(1)Identify the poem and its author. (P203)

(2)Explain "swan like, let me sing and die" (P199)

Interpret the passage and spot its implication.

Answer:

(1)The poet is Byron. The poem is taken from "The Isles of

Greece (from Don Juan)" (P203)

(2)Swan is famous for its faith to its lover, one of them die,

the other will refuse to eat and drink, it will cry till death.

Here the author used a simile to show his strong desire to

fight with the invaders till death, and appeal to the

suppressed Greek people to struggle for their freedom and

liberation.

6. "For oft, when on my couch I lie

In vacant or in pensive mood,

They flash upon that inward eye

Which is the bliss of solitude;

And then my heart with pleasure fills,

And dance with the daffodils."

(1) What is the "bliss of the solitude"?

(2) Interpret the passage.

(3) Why did the poet write the poem, what did he want to

express?

Answer:

(1)The Daffodils the poem saw. (P180)

(2)It is a bliss/happiness to recollect the beauty of nature in

his mind when he is solitude/lonely.

(3)The poem depicts/deals with the flowers that he came across

along waterside, by which he expresses the quiet, sympathy,

loving feeling to nature just like his words "poetry is from

"emotion recollected in tranquility".

7. "Then naked & white, all their bags left behind,

They rise upon clouds, and sport in the wind,

And the angle told Tom, if he’d be a good bye,

He’d have God for his father, and never want joy."

(1)Identify the poem and its poet;

(2)What does the poem implies?

Answer:

(1) The poem is take from "The Chimney Sweeper (from Songs of

Innocence)", which was written by William Blake.(p171)

(2) This is a lovely poem presenting a happy and innocent

world, though the wretched child are exploited and orphaned,

they had nice dream for life and the world, which implies

religion make people obedient to exploitation, and from

religion, they can get consolation and an "illusory

happiness".(p168)

8. "As thus with thee in prayer in my sore need.

Oh! Lift me as a wave, a leaf, a cloud!

I fall upon the thorns of life! I bleed!

A heavy weight of hours has chained and bowed

One too like thee: tameless, and swift and proud."

(1)Explain "I fall upon the thorns of life, I bleed" (P208)

(2)Can you comprehend the deep emotion contained in the poem?

What’s that?

(3)The poet was called the "the heart of all hearts",

he trumpeted the radical prophecy of hope and rebirth.

Please write out his classic words.

Answer:

(1)The sentence call Shelley’s desire that he couldn’t best

being fettered to/limited by the humdrum/too ordinary reality

of everyday! (P208)

(2)In the poem, the west wind has become the poet himself,

he wants to be free, proud and controllable like the wild west

wind,to destruct and construct with the strong power like the

west wind. (P207~208)

(3)"If Winter comes, can Spring be far behind?" (P208)

9. "O Attic shape! Fair attitude! With brede

…………

As doth eternity: cold pastoral!"

(1)How do you understand "cold pastoral"

(2)What device is used in the poem?

(3)Explain the implication of the poem.

At the end of the poem, the poet gave a famous saying,

and it is also the theme of the poem, what is that?

Answer:

(1)Cold pastoral means the lyrical scene on the Grecian urn

lacks life and warmth. (P222)

(2)Contrast. (P218)

(3)The poet wanted to show the permanence of the art and the

transience of human passion presenting his ambivalence/opposing

feelings about time and nature of beauty.

The saying is "Beauty is truth, truth beauty" (P218~219)

10. "Where fore feed and Clothe and save

From the cradle to the grave

Drain your sweat---nay, drink your blood?"

(1)Who wrote the poem? What’s its name?

(2) Explain "drones",

(3) Interpret the passage.

Answer:

(1)The poem is "A song: Men of England" by Shelley. (P209)

(2)Drones the male of the honey-bees that don’t work ,

referring to the parasitic class in human society.

(drones and bees are the devices of metaphor) (P210)

(3)The poet called all working people to rise up against their

political oppressors, but point out the intolerable injustice

of economic exploitation. It expressed the love for freedom and

the hatred to tyranny of the author. (P207)

11. "Wild spirit, which art moving everywhere;

Destroyer and Preserver; hear, O hear!"

(1)What does the "wild spirit "refer to?

(2)Why called it "Destroyer and Preserver" at the same time?

(3)Identify the poet and the poem.

Answer:

(1)"wild spirit" refers to west wind/autumn wind. (P212)

(2)Because west wind buried the dead year and year and prepared

for a new spring, the poet call it "Destroyer and preserver".

(3)It is "Ode to the west wind" of Shelley. (terza rima)

III. Questions and answers:

1.Please list the subjects and the faculties of the

Romanticism.

Answer:

(1) The subjects are: love, nature, nationalism, individualism,

(2) The faculties they cherished are: imagination, spontaneity,

inspiration. (P162)

2.William Wordsworth was the first representative author of

Rom,How do you know his idea and style?

Answer:

(1)His poems are most about Nature and Human Life;

(2)Beyond the pleasure of the picturesque with the eye and the

external aspects of nature, however, lies in deeper moral

awareness, a sense of completeness in multiplicity.

(it means poem not only deals with the beautiful world, but

express moral)

(3)Common life and the joy and sorrow of the common people and

inner self are his subjects;

(4)He is a poet in memory of the past and was called "prophets

of nature";

(5)He deliberately writes in simple and ordinary speech ,

refuses to decorate the truth of experience of pure and

profound feeling;

(6)He thought poet is "a man speaking to men," poetry is "the

spontaneous overflow of powerful feelings, which originates in

emotion recollected in tranquility."

(7)He always writes an elusive beauty of simplicity or a rural

figure. (P176-179)

3.What thoughts and event influenced the period of Romanticism?

Answer:

(1) Rousseau (a French philosopher) explored new ideas about

nature, society and education, which provided guiding priding

principles for the French Revolution and Romanticism;

(2) The French Revolution and "the Declaration of Rights of

Man"(written by Thomas Paine)aroused the great sympathy and

enthusiasm in the English liberals and radicals,which became a

great source for Romanticism.

(3) England itself had experienced profound economic and social

changes as industrialism,which were reflected in the works of

literature. (P157-159)

4.Byron’s greatest contrhbution is his creation of the "Byronic

hero" What kind of the hero he is? Give comment on him.

Answer:

(1) "Don Juan" is Byron’s masterpiece, a great comic epic,

in which Byron described a hero named Don Juan.

He was a great lover and seducer of women.

In the conventional sense,al positives like courage,

generosity, and frankness…

In a word, Don was proud Juan was immoral,

but Juan had his own mor, mysterious, and a noble rebel

figure.

He was a young man with unconquerable wills and

inexhaustible energies,

one of rebellious individuals against outworn/outdated

social systems and conventions.

(2) Comment: The poet’s true intention is to present a

panoramic view of different types of society,the main theme of

the works the basic ironic theme of appearance and

reality,during which the poet also presented various materials

and the clash of emotions. (P194-196)

5. What is the difference between Romanticism and

Neoclassicism?

(Neoclassicism=Augustans=enlightener)

Answer:

(1)The Romantic Movement expressed negative attitude toward the

existing social and political condition, the Romantics saw the

corruption and injustice of the

inhumanity of capitalism;

(2)The Neo saw man as a social; while Rom saw him as an

individual in the solitary state;

(3)Neo stressed the common features of men; but the Rom

stressed the special qualities of each individual’s mind;

(4)Neo celebrated rationality, equality and science of the

outside world; while Rom changed to the inner world of the

human spirit, whose theory saw the individual as the center of

all experience;

(5)Literature was heavily didactic and moralizing. There were

fixed laws for each type of literature; Rom expressed his

feeling, valued accuracy in portraying, they thought literature

should be free from all rules.

(6)The most important form in Neo was prose; while Rom was an

age of poetry. (P160-161)

6.Analyze the characters of John Keats’s poetry.

Answer:

(1)The poems are sensuous, colorful, and rich in imagery,

(which expresses the acuteness of his senses)

(2)Words are beautiful and musical.

(3)The ancient Greek and English poetry provides the most

important imaginative resource.

(4)The construction of poems are knit, and the description go

beyond the physical beauty of the world. (P218-219)

7. Jane Austen was the only important female author in the

18-19th century, how do you know about her?

Answer:

Generally speaking, Austen was writer of the 18th century.

(1)Her novels always dealt with the romantic entanglement of

the heroines;

(2)She believed in it that reason over passion, sense of

responsibility, good manners,

and clear judgment over romance; she honored the Augustan

virtues of moderation,

dignity disciplined emotion and common sense;

(3)She contempt snobbery, stupidity, worldliness etc;

(4)Her main concern was the relationship between men and women

in love;

(5)Her writing range was limited, all restricted to the

provincial life of the 18th century England;

(6)She presented the quiet, day-to-day country life of the

middle -upper -class English.

(7)Her characteristic theme was: maturity is got by the loss of

illusions. (P223--226)

Chapter 4 The Victorian Period

I. Choose the right answer:

Chronologically the Victorian refers to__________.

A.1798---1832

B.1836---1901

C.the Romantic period

D.the Neoclassical Period

Answer: B (P233)

____works are characterized by a mingling of humor and pathos.

A.Thomas Hardy’s

B.Charles Dickens’s

C.Charlotte Bronte’s

D.George Eliot’s

Answer: B (P241)

3. _____is famous for its vivid descriptions of the workhouse and life of the underworld in the 19th century London.

A.Oliver Twist

B.Great Expectations

C.David Copper Field

D.Hard Times

Answer: A (P243)

____is an elaborate and powerful expression of Alfred Tennyson’s philosophical and religious thoughts.

A.Idylls of the King

B.“Ulysses”

C.Poems, Chieoqy Lyrical]

D.In Memoriam

Answer: D (P274)

4. The most distinguishing feature of Charles Dickens’s works lies in his ______.

A.social criticism

B.optimism

C.character-portrayal

D.social setting

Answer: C (P241)

_____is based on the Celtic legends of King Arthur and his knights of the Round Table.

A.In Memoriam

B.“Ulysses”

C.Idylls of the King

D.The Princess

Answer: C (P275)

5. _____is Robert Browning’s best-known dramatic monologue.

A.“My Last Duches”

B.“Meeting at Night”

C.“Parting at Morning”

D.“Pippa Passes”

Answer: A (P287)

6. _____initiates a new type of realism and sets into motion a variety of developments, leading in the direction of both the naturalistic and psychological novel.

A.Charles Dickens

B.George Eliot

C.Charlotte Bronte

D.Thomas hardy

Answer: B (P292)

7. _____works are known as “novels of characters and environment.”

A.Charles Dickens’s

B.George Eliot’s

C.Jane Austen’s

D.Geroge Eliot’s

Answer: B (P300)

8. ____belives that man’s fate is predeterminedly tragic, driven by a combined force of ‘nature”, both inside and outside.

A.Charles Dickens

B.Thomas hardy

C.Bernard Shaw

D.T.S. Eliot

Answer: B (P301)

9. The author of the work “Dombey and Son” is _________.

A.Charles Dickens

B.Henry James

C.Robert Lee Frost

D.Ezra Pound

Answer: A (P239—240)

10. The most important characteristic in Ulysses by Alfred Tennyson is _______.

A.mastering of language

B.excellent choice of words

C.use of the dramatic monologue

D.excellent metaphor

Answer: C (P273)

11. “Self-conceited”, “cruel” and “tyrannical” are most likely the names of the character in______.

A.Robert Browning’s ‘My Last Duchess’

B.Christopher Marlowe’s ‘Dr.Faustus’

C.Shakespeare’s Love’s ‘Labour’s lost’

D.Sheridan’s ‘The School for Scandal’

Answer: A (P287)

12. Robert Browning’s style is_______.

A.identical with that of the other Victorian

B.similar to that of Tennyson

C.perfectly artistic

D.rough and disproportionate in appearance

Answer: D (P285)

13. According to D.H. Lawrence, _____was the first novelist that “started putting all the actions inside”.

A.George Eliot

B.Thomas Hardy

C.Charles Dickens

D.T.S. Eliot

Answer: A (P236)

14. Middlemarch is considered to be George Eliot’s greatest novel, owing to all the following reasons EXCEPT_______.

A.it vividly English country life

B.it probed into perpetual philosophical thoughts

C.it provides a panoramic view of life

D.it reveals women’s true feelings

Answer: B (P293)

15. ‘Every day, every hour, brought to him one more little stroke of her nature, and to her one more of his”, the sentence is found in_____.

A.Middlemarch by George Eliot

B.Tess of the D’Urbervilles by Thomas Hardy

C.Jane Eyre by Charlotte Bronte

D.Wuthering Heights by Emily Bronte

Answer: B (P309)

16. Which of the following best describes the protagonist (Henchard) of Thomas Hardy’s “The Mayor of the Casterbridge”?

A.He is a man of self-esteem

B.He is a man of self-contempt

C.He is a man of self-confidence

D.He is a man of self-sufficiency

Answer: D (P300)

17. Which of the following description of Thomas Hardy is wrong?

A.Most of his novels are set in Wessex.

B.Tess of the D’Urbervilles is one of the most representative of him as both a naturalistic and a critical realist writer.

C.Among Hardy’s major works, Under the Greenwood Tree is the most cheerful and idyllic.

D.From The Mayor of Casterbridge on, the tragic sense becomes the keynote of his novels.

Answer: D (P299---302)

18. Charlotte’s works are famous for the depiction of the life of the middle-class working women, particularly________.

A.governesses

B.clerks

C.baby-sitters

D.managers

Answer: A (P255)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

“You teach me now how cruel you’ve ---cruel and false. Why did you despise me? Why did you betray your own heart, Cathy? I have not one word of comfort---you deserve this…”

Who is the speaker?

What does it refer to “you despise me, you break your own heart”?

What was the meaning of the story from the social point of view?

What is the main device of the story in description?

Answer:

The speaker was Heathcliff.(P270—271)

It refers to Cathy married her husband (Linton) and deserted him and her own love.

From the social point of view, it is a story about a poor man –Heathcliff abused, betrayed and distorted by his social betters/by the people with higher social position, because he is a poor nobody. (P266)

Flashback. (P267)

“In pursuance of this determination, little Oliver, to his excessive astonishment, was released from bondage, and ordered to put himself into a clean shirt. He had hardly achieved this very unusual gymnastic performance when Mr. Bumble brought him, with his own hands, a basin of gruel and the holiday allowance of two ounces and a quarter of bread. A very tremendous sight, Oliver begins to cry very piteously. Thinking, not unnaturally, that the board must have decided to kill him for some useful purpose, or they never would have begun to fatten him up in this way.”

Identify the title and the writer.

Why Oliver was released from the bondage?

Why had he been punished?

Interpret “A very tremendous sight”.

Answer:

This is an excerpt from “Oliver Twist” by Charles Dickens. (P249)

Because he would be sold to a notorious chimney-sweeper (at 3 pound ten) and became his apprentice. (P243)

Oliver was punished for that “impious and profane offence of asking for more gruel.” (P242)]

From the passage we can see the food is so little and poor in fact, but in the little Oliver’s eyes, it became “A very tremendous sight”. Because in the usual days Oliver and other children were maltreated and abused cruelly, they couldn’t eat well and were punished severely by the cruelty and hypocrisy of the dehumanizing workhouse board. (P243)

“Sunset and evening star,

And one clear call for me!

And may there be no moaning of the bar,

When I put out to sea.”

Explain the implications of the “sunset, evening star, sea”.

Name the title of the poem and interpret it.

Can you say some comment on the poem?

Answer:

Sunset, evening star: the images of the death; sea symbolizes life. (P277—278)

The title is “Crossing the Bar”. It means leaving this world and entering the next world –the world of the spirit

The poem expresses the fearlessness to death of the poet and his faith in God and an afterlife.

(The poem is musical in language, rich in poetic images, elaborate in texture and melancholy in air –the characters of Tennyson.) (P273/P278)

“My favour at her breast,

The dropping of the daylight in the west,

The bough of cherries some officious fool

Broke in the orchard of her, the white mule

She rode with round the terrace –all and each

Would draw from her alike the approving speech,

Or blush, at least. She thanked men –good! But

thanked

Somehow –I know not how –as if she ranked

My gift of a nine-hundred-years-old name

With anybody’s gift”

Name the author and the title of the works.

What does it mean “a nine-hundred-years-old name”, and to whom the word was spoken?

Interpret the passage and analyze the character of the speaker.

What is the literary form?

Answer:

This is the “My last Duchess” written by Robert Browning. (P286)

It means the title of the Duchess (of Ferrara) the Duck gave her through marriage has a family history of over 900 years. (P288)

Interpret: My favor –the title of the Duchess is better and more proud than any gifts of the world, but my last duchess was ready to be grateful to others’ flatter and

The Duck was a self-conceited, cruel, possessive, and tyrannical person.

The word was spoken to the agent who comes to negotiate the marriage of the Duck. (P287)

The literary form is “dramatic monologue”. (the Duck’s own defensive words betrays and condemns himself) (P287)

“I will drink

Life to the lees:

all times I have enjoy’d

Greatly, have suffer’d greatly, both with those

That loved me, and alone; on shore, and when

Thro’ scudding drifts the rainy Hyades

Vext the dim sea: ……

……but honour’d of them all”

Identify the name of the poem.

Explain “drink life to the lees”.

What is the theme of the poem?

In what form is the poem written?

Answer:

The name of the poem is “Ulysses”. (P278)

The sentence means: I will keep travelling and exploring till the end of my life. (P281)

The theme is Ulysses can’t endure the peaceful commonplace everyday life. Old as he is, he persuaded his old followers to go with him and to set sail again to pursue a new world and new knowledge. (the poem also expresses Tennyson’s own determination and courage to brave the struggle of life but also reflects the restlessness and aspiration/anxiety of the age.) (P281)

The literary form is “dramatic monologue”. (P281)

“Come, Tess, Tell me in confidence.” …

“The trees have inquisitive eyes, haven’t they? … and drive all such horrid fancies away!”

1) Interpret the passage.

Answer:

Tess, as pure woman brought up with the traditional ideas, is abused and destroyed by the destructive force, and the misery made her frightened to the future, which implied the naturalistic viewpoint of Hardy. (P303)

7. “Break, break, break,

On thy cold grey stones, O Sea!

And I would that my tongue could utter

The thought that arise in me.”

Name the poet and the poem.

Name the main tone of the whole poem, the device and the rhyme.

Interpret the passage.

Answer:

Alfred Tennyson. “Break, Break, Break”. (P276)

The main tone is Sadness. The device is contract. The rhyme scheme is “a b c d”. (P277)

The poem expressed the poet’s feeling of sadness in memory of his best friend. (P276)

III. Questions and answers:

Ideologically, what influenced Victorian literature? What characters does it have?

Darwin’s theory “the survival of the fittest” shook the theoretical basis of the traditional faith, many authors expressed their doubts and uncertainty in their works;

Utilitarianism was widely accepted and practiced, many conscious authors severely criticized the Utilitarianism, especially its devalue of culture and its cold indifference to human feeling and imagination;

Realism novels criticized the society and defended for the mass, and they concerned about the fate of the common people such as their poverty misery, angry with the inhuman social institution, the social immorality, injustice and money-worship.

Victorian literature represents the reality of the age. The high-spirit vitality, the down-to-earth earnestness, the good-natured humour and unbound imagination are unprecedented. (P235—237)

Jane Eyre is the greatest governess image in the literature history; can you analyze the character of her?

Jane Eyre was a little plain governess with quick wit, honesty, frankness, loving heart and the spirit of independence and self-dignity.

In literature, she is an individual conscious to self-realization. She was lonely and neglected young woman with a fierce longing for love, understanding and a full, happy life.

In author’s mind, man’s life is composed of perpetual struggle between sin and virtue, good and evil. The heroines’ joy, comes from the sacrifice of self and the overcome of some weakness.

By Jane’s experience, we can see the cruelty, hypocrisy, and other evils of the upper classes and the misery and the suffering of the poor, and the false social convention on love and marriage. (P256—259)

Analyze the background of the Victorian Period.

Economic developed rapidly and social problems prevailed in England and it became the “workshop of the world”.

England settled down to a time of prosperity and stability, the people valued earnestness, respectability, modesty, and democracy.

In the last decades, British empire declined, and Victorian values decayed.

Analyze the character created by George Eliot with an example and his style.

George Eliot set a new type of realism –both naturalistic and psychological novel;

She sought to present the inner struggle of a soul and to reveal the motives, impulse and hereditary influences, the slow growth or decline of the character;

Her masterpiece “Middlemarch” is a study of provincial life, showing a panoramic view of life in a small English town;

She concerned for the destiny of women, the heroin in “Middlemarch” –Dorothea, was a typical character of Eliot. She was a lady with great intelligence, potential and social aspiration. She had the ideals to devote to the society, later, she married an elder man to realize her ideals by helping him in the holy Christianity Career. At the end of the story, she became content with giving her second husband “wifely help”.

From her experience, we can see Eliot’s view: women were born with the pathetic tragedy. Her spirit declined owing to the social environment and her own weakness.

(the story is full of an air of a lifeless bitterness and disappointment) (P292—294)

Analyze the style of Charles Dickens.

Adeptness/skilfulness with the vernacular and large vocabulary;

The most distinguishing/remarkable character-portrayal;

The best writing from the child’s point of view; (His best depicted characters are those innocent, virtuous, persecuted, helpless children)

The depiction of those horrible and grotesque characters;

The mingling/mixing features of humor and pathos/sorrow. (P241)

How do you know the naturalistic idea of Hardy?

The tragic sense is the keynote of Hardy’s novels, and he is a nostalgic author.

Hardy’s novels always set in Wessex, the fictional primitive and crude region, which is threatened by the invading capitalism, expressing the conflict between the traditional and the modern, the old and the modern.

Man’s fate is tragic with born, driven by the force of the nature of outside and inside, and man is bound by his inherent nature and hereditary traits which prompt him to go and search for happiness or success, and set him in conflict with the environment; we can see he is influenced greatly by Darwin’s theory “survival of the fittest”.

Man proves to be incompetent/impotent before Fate, and he seldom escapes his destiny. The pessimistic view of life predominates most works of Hardy, which earns him the name of a naturalistic writer.

Hardy is noted for he rustic dialect and a poetic flavor, so he is also called local-colorist. (P300--302)

Chapter 5 The Modern Period

I. Choose the right answer:

1. The three trilogies of_____Forsyte novels are masterpieces of critical realism in the early 20th century.

A. D. H. Lawrence’s

B. John Galsworthy’s

C. James Joyce’s

D. Thomas Hardy’s

Answer: B (P337)



2. ____is the most outstanding stream-consciousness novelist.

A. T.S. Eliot

B. Richard Brinsley Sheridan

C. James Joyce

D. Oscar Wilder

Answer: D (P317)

3. In his famous poem_____, Yeats explores the problems of death, love, old age and art.

A. "Leda and the Swan"

B. "No Second Troy"

C. "September 1913"

D. "Sailing to Byzantium"

Answer: D (P354)

4. ____is a poem concerned with the spiritual breakup of a modern civilization in which human life has lost its meaning, significance and purpose.

A. Ulysses

B. The Waste Land

C. The Confidential Clerk

D. Dubliners

Answer: B (P360)

5. The Rainbow and_____are generally regarded as D.H. Lawrence’s masterpieces.

A. Women in Love

B. Son s and Lovers

C. Lady Chatterley’s Lover

D. The Plumed Serpent

Answer: A (P370)

6. In ____, James Joyce intends to present a microcosm of the whole human life by providing an instance of how a single event contains all the events of its kind, and how history is recapitulated in the happenings of one day.

A. A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man

B. Dubliners

C. Ulysses

D. Finnegans Wake

Answer: C (P388)

7. Structurally and thematically, George Bernard Shaw follows the great tradition _______.

A. Modernism

B. Romanticism

C. Realism

D. Naturalism

Answer: C (P323)

8. Galsworthy was a _____writer, having inherited the fine traditions of the great Victorian novelists of the critical realism such as Dickens and Thackeray.

A. naturalistic

B. romantic

C. realistic

D. conventional

Answer: D (P338)

9. In "The Forsyte Saga" by John Galsworthy, a typical Forsyte has a remarkable characteristic-----a strong sense of______.

A. money

B. property

C. success

D. privilege

Answer: B (P339)

10. In "The Lake Isle of Innisfree", William Bulter Yeats expresses his ____________.

A. hope to go abroad

B. desire to escape into a "fairyland"

C. love for common life

D. hatred for war

Answer: B (P356)

11. In which of the following poems by Yeats did you find the allusion to Helen and Trojan War?

A. Sailing to Byzantium

B. Down by the Sally Garden

C. The Lake Isle of Innisfree

D. Leda and the Swan

Answer: D (P354)

12. Of the following poems by T.S. Eliot, which is hailed as a landmark and a model of the 20th Century English Poetry?

A. Poems 1909----1925

B. The Hollow Men

C. Prufrock and Other Observations

D. The Waste Land

Answer: D (P359)

13. "The yellow fog that rubs its back upon the windowpanes,/ The yellow smoke that rubs its muzzle on the windowpanes/ Linked its tongue into the corners of the evening,/ Lingered upon the pools that stand in drains." The stanza is taken from_________.

A. T.S. Eliot’s "The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock"

B. Emily Dickinson’s "Because I could not stop for Death"

C. Alfred Tennyson’s "Break, Break, Break"

D. William Wordsworth’s "I wandered Lonely as a Cloud"

Answer: A (P363---364)

14. Which of the following best describes the speaker of ’The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock"?

A. He is a man of an action.

B. He is a man of apathy.

C. He is a man of inactivity.

D. All the above are wrong.

Answer: C (P363)

15. Of the following works by D.H. Lawrence, _______established his position as novelist.

A. The White Peacock

B. The Trespasser

C. Women in Love

D. Sons and Lovers

Answer: D (P370)

16. Which of the following is considered to be a better-structured novel?

A. Women in Love

B. Son s and Lovers

C. The Rainbow

D. Lady Chatterley’s Lover

Answer: A (P372)

17. ’The Lawrence trilogy" refers to the following three plays except ______.

A. A Collier’s Friday Night]

B. The Daughter -in-Law

C. The Widowing of Mrs. Holroyed

D. Lady Chatterley’s Lover

Answer: D (P373)



18. Which of the following writings is not the novel of D.H. Lawrence’s?

A. Sons and Lovers

B. A Portrait of the Artist as a Yong Man

C. The White Peacock.

D. The Rainbow

Answer: B (P369---370)

19. Of the following writings by James Joyce, which is a prime example of modernism in literature?

A. Ulysses

B. A Portrait of the Artist as a Yong Man

C. Dubliners

D. Finnegans Wake

Answer: A (P386)

20. Which of the following is not true according to James Joyce?

A. Ulysses has become a prime example of modernism in literature.

B. Joyce is regarded as the most prominent stream-of-consciousness novelist.

C. Joyce is a realistic writer in English literature history.

D. His novel "A Portrait of the Artist as a Young man" is a naturalistic account of the hero’s bitter experiences and his final artistic and spiritual liberation.

Answer: C (P386---389)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

1. Analyze the poem of T. S. Eliot -"The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock"

1) "In the room the women come and go

Talking of Michelangelo"

<1> Why does the sentence repeat in the poem for several times?

Answer:

The sentence symbolizes the remote and faraway things, it implies the inability to face up with the reality and the life of the hero. (P363)

2) "And indeed there will be time

For the yellow smoke that slides along the street, ...

There will be time, there will be time ...."

<1> What deep implication can you get from the passage?

Answer:

 The hero was unable to face up with the life and reality bravely, but he was anxious to find time passing so quickly that he was very depressed. The passage shows the tragic character of the indecision of the young man. (P363)

3) "I have measured out my life with coffee spoons;

I know the voices dying with a dying fall

Beneath the music from the father room.

So how should I presume?

<1> What did the speaker presume?

<2> Interpret the excerpt.

Answer:

<1> He will propose marriage to a girl, but he dare not.

<2> The Excerpt shows the futile and boring life of the upper class. (Every day, they drink coffee, listen to music, but they can’t really enjoy the pleasure of life, leading a boring life.)

4) "I should have been a pair of ragged claws

Scuttling across the floor of silent seas."

<1> Interpret it.

Answer:

If he had been a crab on the ocean bed, maybe he would have been better. The motion of the crab suggests futility and growing old. (P368 注释5)

5) "But as if a magic lantern threw the nerves in patterns on a screen:

Would it have been worthwhile" (此节选部分在P367)

<1> Interpret it.

Answer:

The sentence implies the speaker’s incapability of facing up to love and to life. He is always fearful that others will see through his ideas and truth of falling love, which makes himself live in frightening and restlessness. (P363)

2. "I will arise and go now, and go to Innisfree,

And a small cabin build there, of clay and wattles made:

Nine bean-rows will I have there, a hive for the honeybee,

And live alone in the bee-loud glade"

1) Identify the poem and poet;

2) Interpret the poem.

Answer:

1) The poem is "The Lake Isle of Innisfree", which was written by William Butler Yeats. (P355)

2) In the poem, the poet imagined a place where he could live like a hermit, implying that he was tired of the life of his day, he sought to escape into and ideal "fairyland" where he could live calmly as a hermit and enjoyed the beauty of the nature.

3. "North Richmond Street, being blind, was a quiet street except at the hour when the Christian Brothers’ school set the boys free ..., gazed at one another with brown imperturbable faces."

1) Comment the main tone of the story with the concrete images of the passage.

2) Analyze the theme of the story.

3) Explain the devices of symbols with the examples of the article.

Answer:

1) The tone of the story is a fine tuned melancholy.

The scene is drab, lifeless. The Christian School sounds like prison -it sets the boys free. The brown color also showed the tone of the story. (节选部分在P390)

2) The story introduced a little boy’s love experience, expressing his awareness of reality and expectation, and pointing out the drabness and harshness of the adult world. (P385)

3) In this article the author used many images to show the symbols meaning, expressing the frustrated quest for beauty. (P390)

For example: The little boy lived with his uncle and aunt -a symbol

of the isolation and the lack of proper relationship;

His uncle forgot his arrangement is a symbol of the boy’s failure;

The deserted train symbol the indifference relationship, and "all the stalls were in closed and the greatest part of the hall was in darkness" and "the upper part of the hall was now completely dark" symbol the destined failure of the boy’s quest for the beauty.

4. "You are not, my son. Battle-battle -and suffer. It’s about all you do, as far as I can see."

"But why not, my dear? I tell you it’s the best ---"

"It isn’t. And one ought to be happy, one ought."

By this time Mrs. Morel was trembling violently ...

"Eh, my dear -say rather you want me to live."

1) Name the works and its writer.

2) Who are the two speakers? How do you know her?

Answer:

1) The novel is named "Sons and Lovers". It’s the works of D. H. Lawrence. (节选部分在P383)

2) The two speakers are Mrs. Morel and her son (Paul).

Mrs. Morel is a strong-willed, intelligent and ambitious woman. Having been disappointed with her husband, a coal miner, she puts all her feeling on her son, hoping to realize her ideas of success, happiness and social esteem. The distorted relationship reflects the inhuman mechanical civilization and the indifference of the men. (P375—376)

III. Questions and answers:

1. What are the characters of Modernism?

Answer:

1) Modernism rose out of scepticism and disillusionment of capitalism;

2) The French symbolism heralded modernism;

3) Modernism takes the irrational philosophy and the theory of psycho-analysis as its theoretical base;

4) The major theme of Modernism are the distorted, alienated and ill relationship between man and society, man and nature, man and man, man and himself;

5) The Modernists concern about the private, subjective, inner individual and the tone is disillusioned. (P312—313)

2. D. H. Lawrence is regarded as revolutionary, how do you know his works?

Answer:

1) Lawrence’s interest lay in the psychological development of his character;

2) He criticized the dehumanizing effect of the capitalism industrialization on human which turned man into inhuman machines and unhealthy animal;

3) He believes the life impulse -the sexual impulse was man’s most important instinct, any conscious repression would cause distortion of the man’s personality;

4) He explored the relationship of man and woman in psychology;

5) He believed the alienation and the perversion were caused by the desire for power and money. (P317)

3. What philosophical ideas influenced Modernism?

Answer:

1) Karl Marx’s scientific socialism;

2) Darwin’s theory evolution -the social Darwinism "survival of the fittest";

3) Einstein’s theory of relativity;

4) Freud’s analytical psychology;

5) The irrational philosophy. (P311—P312)

4. Common sense about "The Waste Land"

Answer:

"The Waste Land" is T. S. Eliot’s masterpiece:

1) The poem presents a panorama of physical disorder and spiritual desolation;

2) It reflects the mood of disillusionment, frustration, and despair of the whole post-war generation;

3) It concerns with the spirit breakup that man has lost his meaning, significance, and purpose of life;

4) The poem derogated/criticized the civilized world for its horror, menace, anguish and futility. (P359—362)

5. Analyze the background of the Modernism.

Answer:

1) Natural and social sciences advanced greatly, capitalism came into its monopoly stage, the gap between the poor and the rich was deepened;

2) The First World War and The Second World War happened, which influenced people greatly;

3) All kinds of philosophical ideas were produced. (P311—312)

6. Say something about Freudian and Jungian’ psycho-analysis.

Answer:

1) Multiple/many levels of consciousness exist in the human mind at the same time;

2) Man’s present are the sum of his past, present and future;

3) Truth exists in the unique, isolated, and private world of each individual.

4) The theory creates "steam-of-consciousness". (P316)

7. Why Modernism is different from Realism?

Answer:

In many aspects, Modernism acts against Realism;

1) Modernism rejects rationalism, while Realism stresses it;

2) Modernism includes internal, subjective, psychological world, while Realism stresses external, objective, and material world;

3) Modernism advocates new forms and new techniques, and it casts away all the traditional elements such as: story, character, etc. while Realism stresses it.

4) Modernism works are called anti-novel, anti-poetry, anti-drama etc. (P313)

8. List the representative authors of the "Stream of Consciousness" and explain the theory.

Answer:

1) Stream of Consciousness is a narrative method to describing the unspoken thoughts and feelings of the characters, but not using objective description or conventional dialogue.

Authors represent the thought, emotions without logical sequence or syntax and make the characters tell the inner movement of consciousness and the thoughts.

2) The representative authors are: James Joyce "Ulysses"

Virginia Woolf "Mrs. Dalloway"

Richardson "Pilgrimage"

T. S. Eliot

Henry James

George Eliot (P389)

American Literature

Chapter 1 The Romantic Period

I. Choose the right answer:

1. Of all the following issues, _____is definitely NOT the focus of the Romantic writers in the American literary history.

A. Puritan morality

B. Human bestiality

C. Noble savages

D. Divinity of man

Answer: B (P401)

2. Henry David Thoreau’s work, ________, has always been regarded as a masterpiece of the New England Transcendental Movement.

A. Walden

B. The Pioneers

C. Nature

D. "Song of Myself"

Answer: A (P402)

3. "Nothing is at last sacred but the integrity of your own mind" is a famous quote from______’s writings.

A. Walt Whitman

B. Henry David Thoreau

C. Herman Melville

D. Ralph Waldo Emerson

Answer: D (P402)

4. ’Leaves of Grass’ commands great attention because of its uniquely poetic embodiment of________, which are written in the founding documents of both the Revolutionary War and the American Civil War.

A. the democratic ideals

B. the romantic ideals

C. the self-reliance spirits

D. the religious ideals

Answer: A (P447)

5. According to Whitman, the genuine participation of a poet in a common cultural effort was to behave as a supreme_________.

A. democrat

B. individualist

C. romanticist

D. leader

Answer: B (P448)

6. The period before the American Civil War is generally referred to as ___________.

A. The Naturalist Period

B. The Modern Period

C. The Romantic Period

D. The Realistic Period

Answer: C (P399)

7. In the following works, which sign the beginning of the American literature?

A. The Sketch Book

B. Leaves of Grass

C. Leather Stocking Tales

D. Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

B (P399)

8. _____is the author of the work ’The Legend of Sleepy Hollow’.

A. Washington Irving

B. James Joyce

C. Walt Whitman

D. William Butler Yeats

Answer: A (P404)

9. Washington Irving’s ’Rip Van Winkle’ is famous for_________.

A. Rip’s escape into a mysterious

B. The story’s German legendary source material

C. Rip’s seeking for happiness

D. Rip’s 20-years sleep

Answer: D (P406)

10. Which of the following statement is not true about Washington Irving?

A. Washington Irving is regarded as Father of the American short stories.

B. Irving’s relationship with the Old World in terms of his literary imagination can hardly be ignored considering his success both abroad and at home.

C. Irving’s taste was essentially progressive or radical.

D. Washington Irving has always been regarded as a writer who "perfected the best classic style that American literature ever produced."

Answer: C (P403---406)

11. The Publication of ______established Emerson as the most eloquent spokesman of New England Transcendentalism.

A. Nature

B. Self-Reliance

C. The American Scholar

D. The Over-Soul

Answer: A (P420)

12. The phrase "a transparent eye-ball’ compares philosophical mentation of Emerson’s. It appears in_________.

A. The American Scholar

B. Nature

C. The over Soul

D. Essays: Second Series

Answer: B (P423)

13. In 1837, Ralph Waldo Emerson made a speech entitled _______at Harvard, which was hailed by Oliver Wendell Holmeasas :Our Intellectual Declaration of Independence".

A. "Self-Reliance"

B. "Divinity School Address"

C. "The American Scholar"

D. "Nature"

Answer: C (P423)

14. _____is the most ambivalent (有争议的) writers in the American literary history.

A. Nathaniel Hawthorne

B. Walt Whitman

C. Ralph Waldo Emerson

D. Mark Twain

Answer: A (P429)

15. "There is evil in every human heart, which may remain latent, perhaps, through the whole life; but circumstances may rouse it to activity", which author of the following authors does the mention belong to________.

A. Washington Irving

B. Ralph Waldo Emerson

C. Nathaniel Hawthorne

D. Walt Whitman

Answer: C (P431)

16. In Hawthorne’s novels and short stories, intellectuals usually appear as________.

A. saviors

B. villains

C. commentators

D. observers

Answer: B (P432)

17. All of the following are works by Nathaniel Hawthorne except_______.

A. The House of the Seven Gables

B. White Jacket

C. The Marble Faun

D. The Blithedale Romance

Answer: B (P431)

18. Walt Whitman is radically innovative in the form of his poetry. What he prefers for his new subject is__________.

A. free verse

B. blank verse

C. lyric poem

D. heroic couplet

Answer: A (P450)

19. Which of the following features cannot characterize poems by Walt Whitman?

A. Lyrical and well-structured

B. Free-flowing

C. Simple and rather crude

D. Conversational and casual

Answer: A (P450---451)

20. " The horizon’s edge, the flying sea-crow, the fragrance of salt marsh and shore mud. These became part of that child who went forth every day, and who now goes, and will always go forth every day." The two lines are taken from____________.

A. "There Was a Child Went Forth" by Walt Whitman

B. "In a Station of the Metro" by Ezra Pound

C. "Cavalry Crossing a Ford" by Walt Whitman

D. "Ulysses" by Joyce

Answer: A (P454)

21. "Moby Dick" is regarded as the first American_________.

A. Prose epic

B. Comic epic

C. Dramatic fiction

D. Poetic fiction

Answer: A (P460)

22. The giant Moby Dick may symbolize all EXCEPT________.

A. mystery of the universe

B. sin of the whale

C. power of the great Nature

D. evil of the world

Answer: B (P461)

23. Which of the following comments on the writings by Herman Melville is not true?

A. "Bartleby, the Scrivener" is a short story.

B. "Benito Cereno" is a novella.

C. The Confidence---Man has something to do with the sea and sailors.

D. Moby-Dick is regarded as the first American prose epic.

Answer: C (P459---460)

24. The Transcendentalists believe that, first, nature is ennobling, and second, the individual is____, therefore, self-reliant.

A. insignificant

B. vicious by nature

C. divine

D. forward-looking

Answer: C (P402)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

1. "Time grew worse and worse with Rip Van Winkle as years of matrimony rolled on: a tart temper mellows with age, and a sharp tongue is the only edge tool that grows keener by constant use. For a long while he used to perpetual club of the sages, philosophers, and other idle personages of the village.

Questions:

1) Please identify the author and the title of the work.

2) What’s the meaning of this passage?

参考答案:

1) This is an excerpt from "Rip Van Winkle" by Washington Irving. (P408)

2) With his wife’s dominance at home, the situation became harder and harder for Rip Van Winkle. His wife’s temper became worse and she scolded him for more often. He had to stay in the club with idle people. (P407)

附:

Question: Please describe the changes Rip Van Winkle experienced.

Answer: 1) Rip Van Winkle was the hero in Irving’s works. He was a good-natured man, a henpecked (惧内的,妻管严的) husband.

2) Because his wife’s shrewish (泼妇一样的) treatment, Rip had to escape from his home to the little inn in the village. When it failed to give him some restful air, he had to go hunting in the high mountain, where Rip met a stranger, and the man asked Rip to carry keg for him. Then Rip reached the place in the valley, where many strangers  were playing nine-pins. Later Rip got drunk after drinking the liquor, which made him sleep for 20 years.

3) Rip woke up as an old man, entering the village learned that his wife had died, he got the freednm of his own,; and the American had been dependent from the control of Britain, he had changed from a subject of the King (George III) into a citizen of the independent new U.S.....

2. " I celebrated myself, and sing myself,

And what I assume you shall assume,

For every atom belonging to me as good belongs to you"

Questions:

1) Please identify the author and the title of the poem that had used when published.

2) What is the theme of this poem?

参考答案:

1) In the 1856, the title was "Poem of Walt Whitman, an American",

then it became "Walt Whitman" in 1860, until 1881, it finally became "Song of Myself". The author is Walt Whitman. (P456--457)

2) In this poem Whitman sets forth two principle beliefs:

A. The theory of universality (普遍性), which is illustrated by lengthy catalogues of people and things;

B. The belief in the singularity (个别性) and equality(平等性) of all beings in value. (P457)

3. "Standing on the bare ground, ----my head bathed by the blithe air, and uplifted into infinite space, -----all mean egotism vanishes. I become a transparent eye-ball. I am nothing. I see all."

Questions:

1) Please identify the author and the title of the work.

2) Please briefly interpret this passage.

3). What rhetorical device of "transparent eye-ball".

4) Emerson said he want to become a transparent eye-ball, what king idea did he want to express?

参考答案:

1) This selection is from "Nature" by Emerson. (P427)

2) In the essay Emerson clearly expresses the main principles of his Transcendentalist pursuit and his love for nature. Emerson develops his concept of "Over-Soul" Or "Universal Mind". Last but not the leas, it affirms the divinity of the human beings. (P423)

3) It used the device of metaphor. (P423)

4) He wanted to tell us: Nature can purify (净化) our quality and let us get comfort. (P243)

III. Questions and answers:

1. The Romantic Period was called "The American Renaissance". Discuss the background of the Romantic Period, and compare it with the Romanticism of Britain.

Answer:

1) The two Romanticism both stress the imaginative and emotional qualities of literature;

2) They all pay attention to psychic states of the characters and exalt the individual and common man;

3) American Romanticism revealed unique characteristics: (difference)

<1> American authors describe their native land,, especially the spirit of the pioneering into the west, the desire for an escape from society and a return to nature;

<2> American writers use local dialect in language;

<3> Puritanism has great influence over American Romantics;

<4> Calvinism of original sin is obvious in their works;

<5> Transcendentalism is very important theory in American Romanticism;

<6> The important setting in American Romanticism are: ① the early puritan settlement; ② the confrontation with the Indians; ③ the frontiersmen’s life; ④ the wild west; ⑤ imagination. (P399—402)



2. Analyze the themes and characteristic of Hawthorne.

Answer:

Hawthorne was a man with inquiring imagination, meditative mind and dark vision to life.

His themes in writing are:

1) Man was born with evil and sin, one source of them is over-reaching intellect, whose image was always villain; (Chllingworth e.g.)

2) Hawthorne was influenced greatly by Puritanism, while he criticized it bitterly;

3) He believed Calvinistic ideas, thinking man was depraved and corrupted; they should obey God for saving the spirits;

4) He concerned the moral life of man and human history;

5) He was keen on the description of man’s development of psychology. (P432—433)

3. Explain the theory of Transcendentalism, then list its important author and works.

Answer:

Transcendentalism is a very important theory in American Romanticism, its main ideas are:

1) Man has the capacity of knowing truth intuitively, or the ability of getting knowledge transcending the senses;

2) Nature is ennobling and individual is divine, therefore, man should be self-reliant.

3) Man is divine/holy and perfectible and man can trust himself to decide what is right and act accordingly; (but to Hawthorne and Melville man is a sinner);

4) Universe is over-soul -a symbol of the spirit, God or the universe, there is an emotional communication between an individual soul and the universal "over-soul" -unity of Nature.

5) The important authors are: Emerson (The American Scholar) and Thoreau.

6) "Nature", Emerson’s works, is called the unofficial manifesto for the club. (P421—P422)

4. Hawthorne was a master in using symbol and allegory; cite some example to analyze it.

Answer:

1) Allegorically, Young Goodman Brown becomes an Everyman called Brown, who will be aged in one night by an evil adventure, and the evilness makes everyone a fallen idol in the world.

2) In the angle of Symbol: "Brown look up to the Heaven and resist the wicked one" symbols Brown has the force to resist the evilness of the Nature and he still has the faith to God; but "he is alone in the forest" symbols the society is the place full of sins and evilness, Brown’s strength is not enough at all; then after returning, he lives a dismal and gloomy life symbols he has been crushed down by the social evilness and lost his belief in goodness and piety. (P434—435)

5. Washington Irving was called "Father of the American short stories" and "the American Goldsmith". What characteristics did he have?

Answer:

1) He was nostalgic author, and he always juxtaposing the Old and the New world;

2) He remained a conservative and always exalted a disappearing past, and he prefer the past to present, prefer a dream-like world to a real one;

3) His stories were always from legend, especially German legends, showing best classic style. (P405—406)

6. Sea adventures are Melville’s favorite subject; "Moby-Dick" is a great novel in the theme, which is also noted for its symbolism, please analyze it in detail.

Answer:

1) About the sea adventure: it symbols the voyage of the mind in quest of the truth and knowledge of the universe; a spirit exploration into man’s deep reality and psychology;

2) About the boat; it symbols the society, and the crew symbol all kinds of people with different social and ethnic ideas;

3) About the white whale: To the author, it symbols nature, it is a complex, unfathomable and beautiful; To the captain Ahab, it is evilness, is a wall. So he will lead all his crew to cut through the wall to dig out all the unknown, mysterious things behind it. To the narrator, Ishmael, it is a mystery. (P460—461)

7. Walt Whitman is a unique poet. Can you explain what make him unique?

Answer:

1) His themes are: Democracy; the Revolutionary War and the Civil War; freedom; openness; brotherhood; individualism; the growth of industry and the wealth of the cities; universality.

2) His styles are special: "free verse"; "catalogue"; simple and even crude language. (P448-551)

AMERICAN LITERATURE

Chapter 2 The Realistic Period

I. Choose the right answer:

1. Emily Dickinson was sometimes curious about the feeling of speech of death and in one of her poems she wrote about the______of death, the title of the poem is "I heard a Fly buzz when I died".

A. moment

B. suffering

C. happiness

D. meaning

Answer: A (P518)

2. Theodore Dreiser belonged to the school of literary ______which emphasized heredity and environment as important deterministic forces shaping individualized characters who were presented in special and detailed circumstances.

A. naturalism

B. realism

C. determinism

D. humanism

Answer: A (P524)

3. More than five hundred poems that Dickinson wrote are about nature, in which her general _____about the relationship between man and nature is well expressed.

A. scepticism

B. eulogy

C. happiness

D. denial

Answer: A (P518)

4. "This is my letter to the World" is a poem expressing Emily Dickinson’s _____about her communication with the outside world.

A. happiness

B. anger

C. anxiety

D. sorrow

Answer: C (P520)

5. Though secluded herself in her own house, Emily Dickinson was never really indifferent of the outside world, as could be seen in her poems such as "I like to see it lap the Miles", which describes a(n) ______, an embodiment of modern civilization.

A. snake

B. animal

C. the road

D. train

Answer: D (P521)

6. After "The Adventure of Tom Sawyer", Twain gives a literary independence to Tom’s buddy Huck in a book called_____, and the book from which "all modern American literature comes".

A. Life on the Mississippi River

B. The Gilded Age

C. Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

D. The Sun Also Rises

Answer: C (P479---480)

7. Winterbourne is used as a ______in Henry James’s "Daisy Miller".

A. Protagonist

B. Narrator of the events

C. A character of central consciousness

D. Persona

Answer: C (P499)

8. Emily Dickinson’s verse is most aptly characterized as ___________.

A. exposing the evils of the society

B. paving the way for the following generation of free verse poets

C. sharing the same poetic conventions as Walt Whitman

D. exhibiting sensitiveness to the symbolic implications of experience, such as love, death, immortality and etc.

Answer: D (P518)

9. The author of "The Portrait of a Lady" is best at_______.

A. probing into the unsearched secret part of human life

B. a truthful delineation of the motives, the impulses, the principles that shape the lives of actual men and women.

C. a dramatizing the collisions between two very different cultural systems on an international scene

D. disclosing the social injustices and evils of a civilized society after the Civil War.

Answer: C (P496)

10. The period ranging from 1865 to 1914 has been referred to as _____________.

A. the Age of Realism

B. the Age of Modernism

C. the Age of Romanticism

D. the Age of Colonicalism

Answer: A (P471)

11. Who exerts the simple most important influence on literary naturalism?

A. Emerson

B. Jack London

C. Theodore Dreiser

D. Darwin

Answer: D (P475)

12. One of the most familiar themes in American naturalism is the theme of human "______".

A. bestiality

B. goodness

C. compassion

D. greed

Answer: A (P476)

13. ______is considered by H.L. Mencken as "the true father of our national literature."

A. Hemingway

B. Poe

C. Irving

D. Twain

Answer: D (P477)

14. Mark Twain wrote most of his literary works with a _______language.

A. grand

B. pompous

C. simple

D. vernacular

Answer: D (P481)

15. Henry James’s fame generally rests upon his novels and stories with________.

A. international theme

B. national theme

C. European theme

D. Regional theme

Answer: A (P497)

16. In the following writers, who is generally regarded as the forerunner of the 20th century "Stream-of-consciousness" novels and the founder of psychological realism______________.

A. Henry James

B. Mark Twain

C. Emily Dickenson

D. Theodore Dreiser

Answer: A (P498)

17. In Henry James’ "Daisy Miller", the author tries to portray the young woman as an embodiment of ___________.

A. the corruption of the newly rich

B. the free spirit of the New World

C. the decline of aristocracy

D. the force of convention

Answer: B (P499)

18. Which of the following is NOT a usual subject of poetic expression of Emily Dickinson’s?

A. War and peace

B. Love and marriage

C. Life and death

D. Religion

Answer: A (P517)

19. The following titles are all related to the subject that escapes from the society and returns to nature except__________.

A. Dreiser’s Sister Carrie

B. Copper’s Leather-Stocking Tales

C. Thoreau’s Walden

D. Mark Twain’s The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn

Answer: A (P401 / P526)

20. The greatest work written by Theodore Dreiser is__________.

A. Sister Carrie

B. An American Tragedy

C. The Financier

D. The Titan

Answer: B (P525)

21. Closely related to Emily Dickinson’s religious poetry are her poems concerning ___________.

A. Childhood

B. Youth and happiness

C. Loneliness

D. Death and immortality

Answer: D (518)

22. With Howells, James, and Mark Twain active on the literary scene, _________became the major trend in American literature in the seventies and eighties of the 19th century.

A. sentimentalism

B. romanticism

C. realism

D. naturalism

Answer: C (P474)

II. Read the quoted part and answer the questions:

1. "It was a close place. I took it up, and held it in my hand. I was a trembling, because I’d got to decide, forever, betwixt tow things, and I knowed it. I studied a minute, sort of holding my breath, and then says to my self:

"All right, then, I’ll go to hell"----and tore it up.

It was awful thoughts, and awful words, but they was said. And I let them stay said; and never though no more about reforming."

1) Who was the "I", which book was the passage taken from? And by whom?

2) Why did he think "it was awful thought"? Analyze it.

3) Analyze the characteristic of the hero.

Answer:

1) The character is Huckleberry Finn, the passage is taken from "Adventures of Huckleberry Finn" by Mark Twain. (P489)

2) It is the climax of the Huck’s inner struggle on the Mississippi, when Huck is conflicting whether or not he should write a letter to tell Miss Watson where Jim is, and he is polarizing/contradicting by the two opposing forces between his heart and his head, between his affection for Jim and the laws of the society against those who help slaves escape. Huck’s final decision -to follow his own good hearted moral impulse rather than conventional village morality. During his thinking Huck thinks of the consequence of helping Jim (the runaway slave), he might go to hell, "it was awful thought", with the eventual victory of his moral conscience over his social awareness, Huck grows. (P480)

3) Huck is an innocent and reluctant rebel, a typical American Boy with a "sound heart and deformed conscience". Through the eyes of Huck, the Pre-Civil War American society is fully exposed and we are deeply impressed by Mark Twain’s thematic contrasts between innocence and experience, nature and culture, wildness and civilization. (P483)

2. "I should think it might be arranged," Winterbourne was thus emboldened to reply. "Couldn’t you get some one to stay----for the afternoon---with Randolph?"

Miss Miller looked at him a moment; and then with all serenity, "I wish you’d stay with him!" she said.

Questions:

1) Please identify the work and the author.

2) Please analyze the character of Daisy Miller in literature.

参考答案:

1) It is taken from Henry James’s "Daisy Miller". (P513)

2) She is the American Girl in Europe, a celebrated type who embodies the spirit of the New World. However, innocence, the keynote of her character, turns out to be an admiring but a dangerous quality and her defiance of social taboos in the Old World finally brings her to a disaster in the clash between two different cultures. (P499-500)

3. "We passed the School, where Children strove

At Recess---in the Ring---

We passed the Fields of Gazing Grain----

We passed the Setting Sun---”

Questions:

1) Please identify the poem and the poet;

2) What does "the School, the Fields of Gazing Grain and the Setting Sun" stands for?

Answers:

1) The lines are from "Because I could not stop fro Death", Emily Dickinson. (P523)

2) It stands for three stages of life: the School----youth;

the Fields of Gazing Grain----mature period;

the Setting Sun------end of life. (P523)

4. "The Eyes around---had wrung them dry---

And breaths were gathering firm

For that last Onset----when the King

Be witnessed---in the Room----"

Questions:

1) What is the meaning of the first line?

2) What does "the King" refer to?

3) What idea does the poem from which this stanza is taken express?

Answers:

1) It means the relatives and friends had cried and cried so that there were no tears any more. (P521)

2) "The King" refers to the God of death. (P521)

3) The poem expresses that the author even imagined her own death, the loss of her own body, and the journey of her soul to the unknown. (P518)

III. Questions and answers:

1. What are the main ideas of Realists of America?

Answer:

The harsh life and disillusion from the dark memories of the Civil War made the nation dislike the romance, the new generation of writers came up with new inspirations:

1) They were interested in the realities of life. It aimed at the interpretation of the actuality of any aspect of life;

2) People’s attention was now directed the interesting features/things of everyday existence/things -something brutal, sordid/mean, class struggle etc.

3) The authors introduced common people such as: industrial workers and farmers, ambitious businessmen, vagrants, prostitutes/street girls, and unheroic soldiers in fiction;

4) American writers displayed native trends in portrayal of the landscape ad social surface realistically;

5) They formed perfect vernacular style in language;

6) Some authors explored and exploited/used the literary possibilities of the interior life/psychology, such as Henry James;

7) The representatives were: Mark Twain, Henry James, William Dean Howells;

In short, they set the example and pictured the future course for the modernism. (in the subject, themes, techniques, and styles of fiction)

(P472---474)

2. Take examples to analyze the style and theme of Mark Twain.

Answer:

Mark Twain is a great literary of America, H. L. Mencken considered him "the true father of our national literature".

1) Twain’s works like "Adventure of Huckleberry Finn" and "Life on the Mississippi" shaped the views of America and combined American folk humor and serious literature together;

2) "The adventures of Tom Sawyer" and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn" proved to be the milestone in American literature, and they were the record of a vanishing way of life in the pre-Civil War Mississippi.

3) The books were noted for their unpretentious, colloquial, poetic, humorous, innocent and free style;

4) The language of Twain was simple, direct, lucid and faithful to truth -"vernacular";

5) Twain was famous for a local colorist, who presented social life through portraits of the local characters of his region -people living in the area, the landscape, the customs, dialects, costumes. Especially the theme of the Mississippi valley and the West;

6) The work of Twain were always confined to a particular region, historical moment, strong accent, intensified humor to criticize the social injustice and satirize the decayed romanticism. (P477-481)

3. Give a comment on the experience of Carrie.

参考答案:

1) Penniless and "full of the illusions of ignorance and youth", Sister Carrie leaves her rural home to seek work in Chicago, she grows from an innocent, pure country girl to be a girl mature in intellect and emotion, and she becomes a star of musical comedies. But in spite of her success in material, she is not happy but lonely and dissatisfied.

2) Sister Carrie best embodies Dreiser’s naturalistic belief that while men are controlled and conditioned by heredity, instinct and chance, a few extraordinary and unsophisticated human beings refuse to accept their fate wordlessly and instead strive, unsuccessfully, to find meaning and purpose for their existence. (P527-528)

4. The characteristic and theme analyses of Henry James.

Answer:

1) The Freudian approach is famous in his novels and his literary essays.

2) James took great interest in international themes -the clashed between two different cultures and the emotional and moral problems of Americans in Europe, or Europeans in America in his first period.

3) "The Portrait of A Lay" is generally considered to be his masterpiece.

4) James experimented with different themes and forms in his middle period.

5) In his last an major period, James returned to his "international-theme."

6) The typical pattern of the conflict between the two cultures would be that of a young American man or an American girl (Daisy Miller) who goes to Europe and affronts/met with his or her destiny. The unsophisticated boy or girl would be beguiled, betrayed, cruelly wronged at the hands of those who pretend to stand for the highest possible civilization.

7) He focuses on psychological approach. His fictional world is concerned more with the inner life of human beings -this emphasis on psychology and on the human consciousness proves to be a big breakthrough in novel writing.

8) He is regarded as the forerunner of the 20th century "stream-of-consciousness" novels and the founder of psychological realism.

9) James avoids the authorial omniscience as much as possible and makes his characters reveal themselves with his minimal intervention. (P495-498)

5. The period from 1865 to 1914 has been referred to the Age of Realism (The Gilded Age) in the literary history of the United States, why did it happen and what characters did it have?

Answer:

1) The American society after the Civil War provided rich soil for the rise and development of Realism, and Civil War affected the social and the value system of the country, America had transformed into an industrialized and commercialised society.

2) The war stimulated the technological development;

3) The booming economy and industry stepped up urbanization;

4) The phenomenon of polarization is serious;

5) People became doubtful about the human nature and the benevolence/grace of God;

6) Gone was the frontier, the spirit of the frontiersman/pioneer, the spirit of freedom and the American dream. (P471---472)

6. Please analyze the characteristics of Emily Dickinson’s poems.

Answer:

1) Dickinson’s poems are usually based on her own experiences, her sorrows and joys. But within her little lyrics Dickinson addresses those issues that concern the whole human beings, which include religion, death, immortality, love, and nature. (theme)

2) Her masterpiece -----"I heard a Fly buzz---when I died", she looked at death from the point of view of both the living and the dying. She even imagined her own death, the loss of her own body, and the journey of her soul to the unknown.

3) The style of Dickinson:

A: A particular stress pattern: dash“-------”

B: Capital letters as a means of emphasis;

C: Language: brief, direct, and plain;

D: Poem: short, always on single image or symbol (e.g. "I like to see it lap the miles"---------describe a train in the personification of the literary device)

E: Her poems tend to be personal and meditative (e.g. “Because I could not stop for Death”).

(P517---519)

7. In the representatives of "Local colorism", the writers shared some things in common and also had some differences, please analyze them.

Answer:

1) 3 prominent writers differed in the understanding of the "truth": Mark Twain and Howells paid attention to the life of the Americans; Henry James emphasized the "inner world";

2) Howells focused on the rising middle class, while Twine dealt with the region and the people at the forefront;

3) The other local colorists concerned with the life of the small, well-defined region or province, the setting is always the isolated small town;

4) They were nostalgic historians, recording the vanishing way of life, and the fading present. (P474---475)

8. Analyze the theory of Theodore Dreiser’naturalism with example.

Answer:

1) His naturalism emphasized heredity and environment as important deterministic forces shaping individualized characters who were presented in special and detailed circumstances. At bottom, life was shown to be ironic, even tragic.

2) The characters in his books are often subject to the control of the natural forces -especially those of environment and heredity. For example, the hero Hurstwood’s tragic death showed the theory.

3) The effect of Darwinist idea of "survival of the fittest" was shattering. It is not surprising to find in Dreiser’s fiction a world of jungle, where "kill or to be killed" was the law.

4) He criticizes materialistic to the core, living in such a society with such a value system, the human individual is obsessed with a never-ending, yet meaningless search for satisfaction of his/her desires. One of the desires is for money which was a motivating purpose of life in the United States in the late 19th century. For example in his masterpiece "Sister Carrie" he traces the material rise of Carrie Meeber, which indicates the critical attitude of the author.

5) Sexual beauty symbolizes the acquisition of some social status of great magnitude. (P525---527)

9. Darwin’s evolutionary theory gave rise to American naturalism, what are their characteristics?

Answer:

The American naturalists accepted the more negative implication of Darwin’s theory, and used it to explain the behaviours in literary works.

1) They regarded man as the complex combinations of inherited attributes/elements, their habits conditioned/controlled by social and economic forces;

2) They chose their subjects from the lower ranks of the society and portrayed misery and poverty/poorness;

3) They dealt with the nature of the man of "underdogs" -"bestiality", as an explanation of sexual desire;

4) Their languages were unpolished;

5) The naturalists believed that the real and true nature is hidden from the eyes o the individual, or beyond his control;

6) Naturalism evolved/came from realism, but the tone of the authors were more ironic and pessimistic. (P475-476)



 



喜欢英语和音乐的朋友,欢迎访问我们的钢琴网www.pianoweb.cn游四方网www.you4fang.cn



英语学习专题

 BBC 英语

 BT 英语资源下载

 VOA 英语

 爱情格言名言

 奥运英语

 澳大利亚社会文化背景

 城市景点英文介绍

 出国留学签证及技巧

 出国留学文书写作

 初中英语教学论文

 春节英文短信祝福语

 儿童童谣歌曲

 儿童英语教学

 儿童英语童话故事

 疯狂英语

 高考英语复习

 高考英语真题及答案

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高中英语教学论文

 记忆英语单词方法

 加拿大社会文化背景

 剑桥少儿英语

 考研英语翻译

 考研英语听力口语

 考研英语真题及答案1980-2011

 考研英语心得体会

 考研英语阅读理解

 考研英语阅读真题解析

 考研英语作文

 赖世雄英语

 留学移民签证指导

 每日英语

 美国社会文化背景

 沛沛英语

 汽车英语词汇

 千万别学英语

 如何/怎样学好英语

 如何打英语电话

 如何申请国外奖学金

 如何提高英语口语

 如何提高英语听力

 如何同外国人交流

 如何写英文电子邮件

 如何选购英语学习图书

 如何选择英语培训机构

 如何学大学英语

 如何自学英语

 如何做英文陈述报告

 商务英语范文/范例

 世界著名城市英文介绍

 托福考试技巧心得

 GRE考试技巧心得

 玩游戏学英语

 外贸经济合同英文写作

 我是如何通过签证的

 我学英语经验方法

 我在国外的经历

 我在外企的工作经历

 小学英语教学论文

 现代大学英语精读教案

 新东方英语

 新概念英语

 新视野大学英语

 新西兰社会文化背景

 许国璋英语

 学英语口诀窍门

 雅思考试技巧心得语

 洋话连篇

 英美文学论文

 英国社会文化背景

 英文听力mp3下载

 英文地名

 英文个人简历

 英文合同及范文

 英文求职信

 英文人名

 英文名著

 英文申请信

 英文推荐信

 英文招聘广告范文

 英语/英文面试

 英语900百句

 英语爱情诗歌歌词

 英语被动语态

 英语标点符号用法

 英语标识提示语

 英语不定代词

 英语不可数名词

 英语词汇教学

 英语单词记忆法实例

 英语倒装句

 英语导游

 英语定语从句

 英语独立主格结构

 英语短语和搭配

 英语词语来源/故事

 英语翻译技巧方法

 英语翻译教学

 英语翻译论文

 英语非谓语动词

 英语否定形式

 英语关联词/过渡词

 英语冠词的用法

 英语教案格式和范例

 英语教学法

 英语介词用法

 英语句型教学

 英语句型句式

 英语和汉语的比较

 英语课堂用语

 英语口语技巧方法

 英语口语教学

 英语口语句型

 英语连词

 英语连系动词

 英语六级考试词汇

 英语六级考试经验心得

 英语六级考试听力口语

 英语六级考试作文写作

 英语六级阅读理解

 英语论文格式及写作

 英语论文选题

 英语名词复数形式

 英语名词性从句

 英语强调句

 英语情态动词

 英语商务谈判

 英语时态用法

 英语数字的表达

 英语四级考试词汇

 英语四级考试真题&详解

 英语四级考试经验心得

 英语四级考试完形填空

 英语四级听力口语

 英语四级阅读理解

 英语四级作文写作

 英语听力技巧方法

 英语听力教学

 英语同义近义词辨析

 英语外来词语

 英语写作技巧方法

 英语写作教学

 英语形容词副词比较级

 英语虚拟语气

 英语语言学文学笔记

 英语语法教学

 英语语法与教学术语

 英语语言文化论文

 英语语音/发音

 英语语音教学

 英语阅读技巧方法

 英语阅读教学

 英语在线听力资源

 英语主谓一致

 英语助动词

 英语专业考研及试题

 英语专有名词

 英语状语从句

 英语自我介绍及范文

 英语作文范文

 音乐英语词汇术语

 幼儿/儿童学英语

 幼儿英语教案

 幼儿英语教学

 在线英语测试

 在线英语词典/字典

 在线英语翻译

 中国小吃菜名英文说法

 中考英语复习

 中西文化的差异

 中小学英语学习资料

 钟道隆逆向英语法

 走遍美国




>>更多英语学习专题

©All Rights Reserved 版权所有

冀ICP备10003051号

英语比萨网址: www.englishpizza.cn


联系本站:baobinzhao(at)yahoo.com.cn QQ:397106689

喜欢英语和音乐的朋友,欢迎访问我们的钢琴网www.pianoweb.cn游四方网www.you4fang.cn

pizza

英语通 | 钢琴网| 游四方 | 沧州师院英语系